As A Man Thinketh" by James Allen Assessment 
by Kishor Bajracharya

The point I fully agree is "Good thoughts and actions can never produce bad results; bad thoughts and actions can never produce good results."

If we perform some actions with lust, hatred and delusion, can the results be good? No of course not. It brings bad results. Only actions performed with pure thoughts bring good results.

For making other healthy and peaceful, first of all he/she has to be healthy and peaceful. Keeping one in peace and harmony, one has to keep his or her mind balance and peaceful.

Every man and women should have some vision or goal of life. The vision or goal should be positive and healthy which will keep oneself and others happy, peaceful and prosperous.

The author presents the reality of human nature. The performances of acts which are outcome of his/her thoughts. The author presents effects of thought giving example of garden. If we take care to grow good flowers, fruits or so on we have to nurture them, we have to give water time to time, remove stones and all the wrongs. Once we understand we are our own master of our mind and thoughts we then will carry out good actions with pure thoughts. If one posses doubts, frustration, annoyed sometimes, he/she has to learn how to overcome such situations concentrating his/her mind in good efforts. He/she should learn art of living from such persons who have been practicing such good things continuously.

>From reading the book, I could realize that we need to develop positive thinking, should have good vision, should develop patient and should remove bad thoughts. To make other happy, first of all one should be happy. A weak man can't support other weak man. He/she has to be strong to support others. Similarly an unhappy man can't help others to be happy. He/she should be happy at first to make others happy. We all have to develop positive thinking to get good results and to be happy. 

Jonathan Livingston Seagull" by Richard Bach Assessment 
by Kishor Bajracharya

The most important point for me from the book is on page no. 41 and 62.

Page 41 : Jonathan Seagull discovered that boredom and fear and anger are the reasons that a gull's life is so short, and with these gone from his thought, he lived a long fine life indeed.

This part teaches a lot for us. Whenever we are planning to organize something, first of all we have to be confident on it. We should prevent that all results will be good. Likewise whenever we intend to learn something we should not be scared. When something goes wrong or not in favour of us, we should not be angry. Like in the book itself Jonathon seagull tried very hard to learn. He is very friendly to all. He teaches all the arts what he learned to others who wish to learn so. He used to teach to others gradually.

Page 62 : Do you have any idea how many lives we must have gone through before we even got the first idea that there is more to life than eating, or fighting or power in the flock? A thousand lives, jon, ten thousand! And then another hundred again to get the idea that our purpose for living is to find that perfection and show it forth. The same rule holds for us now of course: we choose our next world through what we learn in this one. Learn nothing, and the next world is the same as this one, all the same limitations and lead weights to overcome.

This is true, learning is a continuous process. More we learn, more we are closer to perfection.

The book has been divided into three parts. In my understanding the first part tries to mention about learning process and follow up suggestions of instructors which are applicable to all of us.

The author presents a story of seagull which reflects our live situation in some extend. We also intend to search new think for making our life more better and happier. Our life is not limited for taking food and clothing. We have to search for new innovation so that live becomes prosperous and healthy. In the story a seagull named Jonathan Livingston always contributes his hard effort for learning something new. He is very hard working and seems honest as well.

The author is presenting the story interestingly collecting many photos of seagulls to make it understand easily. It seems to be a new approach for presenting effective leader's role giving examples of many action oriented photos. It tries to explain that all teaching should be undertaken gradually.

It would be more interesting for reader if the reader places dialogue of seagulls so that many people learn it.

We have to discover new ideas for better way of living. From this story I remember one saying that it is better to teach how to keep up with fishing rather than giving a single piece of fish to a poor.

Part two The author is trying to explain for getting perfection of our doing. What we see sometime is only partial truth, to know things more deeper, we have to explore it from different prospects. Jonathan Seagull flew across different seashore to experience with new innovation and see truth from different points of view. In this regard, I remember a saying of my meditation teacher. According to him there are some blind men they are going through some jungle. There they met a big elephant. One touches leg, one touches tail, one touches front part of the elephant. Those who touches tail said an elephant is like a rope, one who touches leg says an elephant is like a pillar of a house and so on. What they explain is partially true. Like that what we think we are true may be only partially true. To know broader aspects of the truth we have to practice a lot. So to achieve our goal, we have to retain our good effort rather than leaving it away.

Part three

I learned from part three of the book is that. Good environment, good instructor and good concentration are needed to learn something new. To learn something new, we have to be ready to change our traditional thoughts. Leaders have to obey laws first and be an example of good follower of rules and regulations. Then their followers will follow his instructions.

 " Pulling your own Strings"

I really feel very much benefited reading this wonderful book. All individuals with different responsibilities should have gone through or read this book.

Dr Wayne W. Dyer presented such wonderful practical examples we become victimized in different circumstances.

Personal expression

1. I am so much inspired by the things that the author mentioned in the book, if we had some unpleasant discussion or argument with any body, it will affect us long time. It usually happens to must of lay people I think. The author said that it was also a kind of victimization and I fully agree with him. I know many people in society that they are being unhappy remembering that their friends, neighbors and office colleagues treated them badly though they were not guilty. Even they have left the place they still feel worried about such treatment of them. People in our society also sometimes feel like that. I learned reading this book that it is also a kind of victimization and the persons are still controlling us if we remember such things and persons long time. We really have to forget the incidents immediately.

2. I feel so great to read some practical examples of people, who were victimized at the first time in their families, offices and other occasions. But those who are lucky people, were successful to overcome from victims. I am so glad some of them have in contact with the author and follow the author's suggestion. In due course they change their life happily. Eg. An executive man, Alex (Page no.175-176) and an old lady named Julia (page242).

3. I am so happy to learn that we have to develop feeling of cooperation in an organization rather than competition. I used to hear such wonderful idea from my respected teacher. It is now very clear for me through reading this book. However; I feel so sad that in USA, people give more importance to their work even than their personal important matters, family and health. In due course; they are being far from their loved ones and children, in return they get annoyed,
distracted and frustrated. As the result they even tent to suicide themselves. It is really very sad story. I feel also so sad to learn that in USA school children are dying incredibly year-by-year because of frustration and depression due to not being able to compete with other fellows and due to frustration and depression.

If you are not the master of yourself then by this definition you are not free. You do not have to be overtly powerful and exert influence over others to be free, nor is it necessary to intimidate others, nor to try to bully people into submission in order to prove your own mastery.

Notable remarks from the book:

1. We often have to remember that of the Ancient Philosopher Epictetus wrote: " No man is free who is not master of himself."

2. Self compassion: If you are victimized by somebody else earlier and the case was again victimizing you means he/she is still controlling you.

3. Every individual nature has its own beauty….and each mind has its own method -- A true man never acquires after rules. --- Had Emerson (Page 91)

4. The author mentions about the process of meditation, which allows one to relieve the tension, the stress anxieties of one's overworked mind, by simply making it relax and be silent. (Page 213) It is really important to follow and practice such kind of technique like meditation to calm down our mind and makes our body relaxed. The book has been divided into 10 chapters, which give us idea about victim and non-victim circumstances. The assessment of such chapters are as stated below:

1. Declaring yourself as non Victim

Lesson learned from this chapter: The freest people in the world are those who have senses of inner peace about Themselves. Nothing can bring you peace but yourself.

Six categories of victimizers

1.1. The family
People are caught in different situations being victimized. It is stated in the chapter that 4000 examples of such situations were presented to the lecturer when he asked 800 people to put such situations. Eighty three percent were connected with the victims families. It is due to our ineffectiveness in dealing with family members who end up controlling or manipulating you. (Page 17)

1.2 Professional and authority figures: superior people victimize us when we need them. Eg. i. Most patients find very difficult to meet their doctors.
ii. People victim a lot when they need to get legal support from the lawers.

1.4. Bureaucracies: In most of countries I think bureaucracies' machinery is a giant victimizer.
1.5. The clerks of the world
1.6. Ourselves: We are the one who decides whether we will be hurt, depressed, angry, worried, afraid or guilty about anything or anyone in this world. Beyond being upset when people don't behave toward you the way you would prefer, you can victimize yourself in hundreds of ways. Eg: self victimized by ourselves.:

1.6.1. Our training: you are victimizing yourself if you are still doing what you were once trained to do if you don't enjoy it any longer. If you are forty years old and working as a lawyer or a mechanic just because some seventeen year old decided that was what you should do, then you are a victim of training that was originally supposed to give you the freedom of a job option you didn't originally have. How often do you trust the judgment of a seventeen year old in terms of how you ought to run your life? Well, then why be stuck with your own seventeen year old decisions when you are no longer seventeen? Be what you want for yourself today. Get new training if you aren't happy with yourself and your work.
1.6.2. Our history: By whatever we have been until today is already over. If we still consult what we have done in the past to decide what we can or can't do today, we are very likely victimizing ourselves by ruling out whole realms of present-moment freedom just because we never got around to enjoying them in the past.
1.6.3. Our ethics and values: What our ethnical value might not work for other and we tend to expect to respect us if not we feel so upset, we are victimizing by ourselves.
1.6.4. Our behavior toward our body: If we like to keep our body slim, but we don't control our diet then we are victimizing our body by ourselves.
1.6.5. Our self-portraits: As we have already seen in connection with our own capabilities, your own self-images can contribute to our body for being victimized in life.

If we use our imagination, we will find innumerable ways to victimize ourselves. But by applying our imagination in constructive ways, we can, by the same token, find the means to eliminate our victim status.

2. Operating from strength

This chapter elaborates more about protecting from causes of victims. I am so impressed by the example of non smoker and can't stand smoke, muster up the courage to say something when other people's smoking bothers you. you don't have to be nasty; just speak from strength. " I will appreciate if you would not smoke right now." It will insist smokers to leave the place. It has been stated that nine times out of ten, smokers will respect the request.

The author suggested us to learn to use our anger or hurt effectively, rather than letting them victimize you. (Page 49)

When applying or being interviewed for a job, never let yourself say things like: I am really not sure if I could handle this." I have never had any training for this, but I think I could learn. " You can just as well say to yourself, and convey to the person to whom you are applying, that you can learn to do anything, because you have already tested yourself in so many different situations that you know you have the flexibility to handle the job.

It is really true that we would be victimized if we place total reliance in someone else to control our life properly. If we seize or make our own opportunities rather than waiting for success to come along and go after your objectives without staking our personal emotions on the outcome, we would be on the non-victim bandwagon before you even recognize it.

3. Refusing to be seduced by what is over or cannot be changed

From this chapter, I am influenced by the event of Joanne, who was always nervous and anxiety-prone, confided that she could not get through a day without feeling tense. She used to blame her parents for her unhappy childhood. They didn't allow her for any freedom, in return they constantly monitored her behavior. She charged her parents for her nervousness. She met the author and told him all her feelings. The author explained her about the truth. It is really very true that we have to forgive everybody who made something wrong to us in the past. If we are upset today by remembering all the mistakes and bad things done to us, then we are still controlling by them.

4. Avoiding the comparison trap

Ralph Waldo's said in Self-Reliance " Whose would be a man, must be a non-conformist. He who would gather immortal palms must not be hindered by the name of goodness, but must explore if it were goodness. Nothing is at lasting sacred but the integrity of your own mind. The author gave a lot of examples of people taking precaution for not being victimized. She presented event of the Pancake lady, Sarah's experience in the grocery shop, John's experience in swimming pool. We could learn from the chapter that we have to be careful by ourselves for not being suffered from others.

5. Becoming quietly effective and not expecting "them" to understand

It is very interesting to learn from this chapter that how our politeness protects us from being victimized. Hank accidentally bumped the door of a car next to him. The jumped out and shouted at him and became really angry with him. However Hank calm behavior changed his angriness. Because of his calmness the other driver happily tolerate the situation and ended on a handshake.

Similarly, it is appreciable to follow the idea that we should have to behave normally or friendly to everyone like how we behave to our good friends. In the book page no. 118, the author gave a very good example. When a friend spilled a glass of milk on our table, we would say, "That is all right, let us help you cleaning it up."

6. Teaching others how you want to be treated

We could learn from this chapter that how one's behavior could eliminate him or her for not being victimized. Like the example of Marie, who was often victimized from her husband's treatment. She succeeded to change her husband's behavior to treat her in a good manner.

We could also learn lesson from this chapter that how should we act in our practical lives for not to be victimized. It is really true that whenever we go to shopping complex and other apartments, children have to use a bathroom. If the staff of the complex or apartment doesn't allow using their bathrooms, it could create a very big problem to each of us. The author gave a very inspiring example of a lady called Lois who directly talked to a bank manager and used his bathroom when a staff didn't give her permission to use the bank's common bathroom. Thus she shouldn't be victimized. We have to follow such examples to our lives as well. (Page no. 147). All examples mentioned in this chapter are very useful to follow in our daily lives. In addition to this we could also learn clearly from seventeen categories of common victimizers (page 151-154), which the author clearly mentioned in this chapter.

It is also very interesting to read the strategies (non-victimizing ways of treating us) for teaching others how you want to be treated. Example: If someone doesn't follow your instruction seriously, give him or her deadline to complete it.

The chapter also gives some good guidelines to reduce or eliminate complaining words instead to use polite and appreciable words.

7. Never place loyalty to institutions and things above loyalty to yourself

I got a lot of opportunity to learn from this chapter that it gives us clear idea to be loyal to ourselves rather than any other things. I fully agree that loyalty is misuse when human beings are given less important to it than profits and so on. It is very important to make us happy in order to help others in our family and elsewhere.

I am so surprised to learn from reading the book that executives in USA are very much loaded with tension and stress. Heart attacks, ulcers and hypertension are considered normal in the high-powered institutional leaves of business, where employees have very little time for their families and normally become heavy drinkers, smokers, pill-poppers, or insomniacs with no time left over for loving or making love. It all happens because there is very high feeling of competition, which makes one feel more superior to the others, but it keeps one always stressful in his or her job. I like the writer's view that there should have developed feeling of cooperation in any institutions rather than competition.

In addition to this I feel so surprised to read that suicide rate among children between the ages of eight and twelve has risen four hundred percent since 1967 in USA. (Page173). It is happening because of strongly developing to get top grades and fulfill their parent's goals. Children should have taught on the value of human life so as to make them walk to the right path.

It can be clearly seen that until and unless people are not aware with the precious human life, they give more preference to the physical benefits and satisfactions only.

I think this is one of the most important chapters of this book a lot of examples are given in this chapter which is really very important to follow up for pulling our own strings and not to be victimized.

If we seriously think of our life we could realize that it is short so we have to live our life happily rather than living in tension, frustration and over anxiety.

8. Distinguishing between judgments and reality It is very important to have right judgment for not being victimized

I learned such a wonderful lesson from this chapter that people are often victimized due to their wrong judgment. It often happens when we talked to our family at house and to our colleagues and fellows in institutions. When a father speaks strong to a son and daughter for their betterment but sometime due to their wrong judgment it creates misunderstanding among them and they become victimized. Similarly in an institution, sometimes a right decision might hurt or victimize some fellows because of their wrong judgment. Sometimes we make our judgment that a person is bad just looking his/her appearance and behavior but in reality he/she is a good person.

The author clearly mention about judgment, which keeps one victimized. He illustrated that I. Good vs. bad. Such as example of odor, some people may not like the smell but it doesn't mean the odor itself is bad.

II. Right vs. wrong: Sometimes we make our judgment that this person is right and that person is wrong. But our judgment might not be true, this makes us unhappy and we become victimized. We sometimes take decision in favor of our good friends; the decision might not be right decision. It victimizes us.

III. Beautiful Vs. Ugly: Some people have habit to say seeing the other people that they are ugly, fat, thin, black, white, tall and short. Unfortunately the judgment makes other unhappy. It victimizes them. Instead of thinking negatively we have to think positively that the habits and behaviors of people are good. It really makes us learn for not to victimize ourselves.

9. Being creatively alive in every situation

Creativity helps any person live life happily. We can learn from this chapter that active persons are less victimized. I also believe that whenever we become active and contribute something for the betterment of our society, it will give us peace and harmony.

I am very inspired by the following example of this chapter:

The author explains an example of Julia of sixty-seven years old often became frustrated and depressed. She used to stay in bed half of a day. The author advised her to be engaged somewhere actively. He gave her some appropriate activities from the morning till the evening like walking around in the morning, playing with cats, joining to library, doing yoga, dances and writing poems or so on. It really helps her not being depressed and annoyed. She became free from depending on drugs, which she had relied upon almost three years. She learns such activities to make herself free from all victims, which she faced earlier.

10. Victim or victor? Your present victim-profile based on 100 typical situations

I learned from this chapter that most of people caught in some types of victims as stated by the author in this chapter. All the examples are very common examples. I learned a lot about how could we learn not to be victimized and how we could we become victimized in different circumstances. We ordinary people are victimized in different circumstances in our lives, we even don't think how could we response such circumstances without any victims. Once we go through all the examples, they really provide us clear idea for responding non-victim way of behavior.

Awaken The Giant Within Assessment
by Kishor Bajracharya

The book takes us into a journey to learn the art of living our lives successfully. It guides us to understand how we live, happily and prosperously. It mentioned clearly most of the aspects, which we have to incorporate to make right decision, to react positively even in the undesired situations. I am so impressed to read many practical experiences of different well-known personalities who are the leading figures of the world such as experience of formal US president George Bush, of the author himself, Mr. Akio Morita (the co-founder of Sony Corporation) who made the most important decision even in the tough situation and made his company of the leading companies in the electronic industries, experience of Dwayne Chapman whose goal is not only to catch the felons, but also to help them make changes in their lives, experience of Peter Guber, the chairman of the board and CEO of Sony pictures Entertainment Inc. Peter became one of the most powerful and respected men in the motion picture industry. His contribution of making a film so called "Rain man" won an Oscar award. I am so delighted to learn ho Mother Teresa committed for contributing her services to poor women (see page 490) and many other persons.

It specifically focuses on those aspects, which are really parts of our lives. It clearly stated successful entrepreneurs, who are able to fully utilize the opportunity they had for earning or increasing their wealth and so on.

I feel so happy to read quotations of lord Buddha, and other renowned masters of the world while reading the book. It inspires me a lot. I would like to share my attentions on different pages while I am reading the book. I highlighted those page numbers and would like to share to others along with my short comments on them.

Page-24 Raise your standards Any time you sincerely want to make a change, the first thing you must do is to raise your standards. History chronicles the inspiring examples of people like Leonarde da Vinci, Abraham Lincoln, Helen Keller, Mahatma Gandhi, Martin Luther king, Jr.. Rosa Parks, Alber Einsteain, Cesar Chavez, Soichiro Hona, and manyh other who took the magnificently powerful step of raisin their standards. the same power that was available to them is available to you, if youhave the courage to claim it. Changing and organization, a company, a country - or a world-begins with the simple of changing yourself.

Page 26 Physical Mastery One of every two Americans dies of coronary disease, one of three dies of cancer. To borrow a phrase from the seventeenth-century physician Thomas Moffett, we are " digging our graves with our teeth" as we cram our bodies with high-fat, nutritionally empty foods, poison our systems with cigarettes, alcohol, and drugs, and sit passively in front of our TV sets. It helps us to take control of our physical health so that we not only look good, but we feel good and know that we are in control of our life, in a body that radiates vitality and allows you to accomplish your outcomes.

The book to lead us to wake up and take control of our life!

Anthony Robbins, the nation's leader in the science of peak performance, shows us his most effective strategies and techniques for mastering our emotions, our body, our relationship, our finances, and our life. The acknowledged expert in the psychology of change, Anthony Robbins provides a step-by-step program teaching the fundamental lessons of self-mastery that will enable us to discover our true purpose take control of our life and harness the forces that shape our destiny.

Page 182-183 How can I use this? Because of this, what will I be able to contribute to others? These questions are what created the difference in destinies: " Why me? rarely produces a positive result, while "How can I use this?" usually leads us in the direction of turning our difficulties into a driving force to make ourselves and the world better. Michell realized that being hurt, angry, and frustrated wouldn't change his life, so instead of looking at what he didn't have, he said to himself, "What do I still have? Who am I really? Am I really only my body, or am I something more? What am I capable of now, even more so than before?" After his airplane accident, while in the hospital and paralyzed from the waist down, he met an incredibly attractive woman, a nurse named Annie, with his entire face burned off his body paralyzed form the waist down, he had the audacity to ask. " How could I get a date with her?" His buddies said, " You are insane. You are deluding yourself." But a year and a half later, he and Annie were in a relationship, and today she's his wife. That is the beauty of asking and empowering questions, they bring us irreplaceable resources: answers and solutions.

Page 184-185 Einstein said, "In day to day life time is relatively depending on how you occupy your mind."

The important thing is not to stop questioning. Curiosity has its own reason for existing. One cannot help but be in awe when he contemplates the mysteries of eternity, of life, of the marvelous structure of reality. It is enough if one tries merely to comprehend a little of this mystery every day. Never lose a holy curiosity. - Albert Einstein

Page 186 Ask the questions that will uplift your sprit and push you along the path of human excellence.

There is a big difference between an affirmation and a question. When you say to yourself, "I am happy, I am happy, I am happy," this might cause you to feel happy if you produce enough emotional intensity, change your physiology and therefore your state. But in reality, you can make affirmations all the daylong and not really change how you feel.

Page 188 The answers we receive depend upon the questions we're willing to ask. For example, if you are feeling really angry, and somebody says "What's great about this?" you may not be willing to respond. But if you value learning highly, you might be willing to answer your own questions of, "what can I learn from this situation? How can I use this situation?" Your desire for new distinctions will cause you to take the time to answer your questions, and in so doing, you will change your focus, your state, and the results you are getting.

Page 190 They immediately started asking questions like "What should we sell off first? Who will tell the employees?" But I refused to accept defeat. I resolved that, whatever it took, I would find a way to keep my company going. I'm still in business today not because of the great advise I got from those around me, but because I asked a better question. " How can I turn this around?"

Page 193 The problem-solving questions 1. What is great about this problem? 2. What is not perfect yet? 3. What am I willing to do to make it the way I want it? 4. What am I willing to no longer doing in order to make it the way I want it? 5. How can I enjoy the process while I do what is necessary to make it the way I want it?

Page 195 The morning power questions (The questions designed to experience more happiness.) 1. What am I happy about in my life now? 2. What am I excited about in my life now? 3. What am I proud about in my life now? 4. What am I grateful about in my life now? 5. What am I enjoying most in my life right now? 6. What am I committed to in my life right now? 7. Who do I love? Who loves me?

The evening power questions 1. What have I given today? 2. What did I learn today? 3. How has today added to the quality of my life or how can I use today a an investment in my future?

Page 197 I started with what are you happy about? I know that sounds stupid and ridiculous and Pollyanna, but what are you really happy about right now if you wanted to be?" He (a friend of the author) said, " I am really happy about my wife because she is doing really well right now, and our relationship is very close." I asked him, "How does that make you feel when you think of how close you are with her?" He said, " It is one of the most incredible gifts in my life." I said, " She's a special lady, isn't she? He started focusing on her and feeling phenomenal.

You might say that I was just distracting him. No, I was helping him to get into a better state, and in a better state, you can come up with better ways of dealing with challenges. First we had to break the pattern and put him in a positive emotional environment.

I asked him what else he was happy about. He started talking about how he should be happy about how he'd just helped a writer to close his first book deal, and the writer was delighted. He told me that he should feel proud, but he didn't. So I asked him, "If you did feel proud, how his state began to change immediately. I said, "What are you proud of? He said, " I am really proud of my kids. They are such special people. They are not just successful in business; they really care about people. I am proud of whom they've become as men and women and that they're my children. They're part of my legacy." I said," Who does it make you feel to know that you've had that impact?

Page 198 One of my (The author's) favorite people- and one of the most impassioned men I've ever met-is Leo Buscaglia, author of love and may other outstanding books in the area of human relations. One of the things that are great about Leo is his continued persistence in asking himself a question that his father instilled in him form the time he was a little boy. Each day at the dinner table, his father would ask, " Leo, what have you learned today? Leo had to have an answer, and a quality one. If he hadn't learned something really interesting in school that day, he would run and get the encyclopedia to study something that he could share. He says that to this day he won't go to bet until he's learned something new that's of value. As a result he's constantly stimulating his mind, and a great deal of his passion and love for learning has come from this question, asked repeatedly, begun decade ago.

It is really inspiring example for all of us.

Page - 209 Thus, it's important to realize that words shape our beliefs and impact our actions. Words are the fabric from which all questions are cut. As we noted in the last chapter, by changing one word in a question, we can instantly change the answer we'll get for the quality of our lives. The more I pursued an understanding of the impact of words, the more impressed I became with their power to sway human emotion, not only within myself, but within others as well.

Page 212-213 You can use transformational vocabulary to help others

If you begin to use it, immediately replace it with a more empowering word. Instead of "depressed" say, I am feeling little bit down." Say, I am getting better," or I am turning things around."

He agreed to commit to this as an experiment, and you can guess what happened: One simple sift in his words shifted his pattern completely. He no longer worked himself up to the same level of pain, and as a result, he stayed in more resourceful states. Two year later when I told Jim that I was writing about his experience in this boo, he shared with me that he has not felt depressed one day since that time because he never uses hat words to describe his experience.

Page 225 Words can produce illness, words can kill," Cousins told me. " Therefore, wise physicians are very careful about the way they communicate." That's one of the reasons why, in fortune management, our practice -management company, we work with a doctor not only in helping them to build their businesses, but also in teaching them how to enhance their emotional sensitivity to enable them to contribute more. If you are in a profession where you work with people, it's imperative that you understand the power of words to impact those around you.

Yes! I fully agree with this. We always have to be very careful about the words while we are talking to others.

Page 232-233 Life is a game

Different people have different global metaphors. According to Donald Trump, life is a test. For some people life is a competition. That might be fun, but it could also mean that there are other people you have to beat, that there could be only one winter. For some people, life is a game.

Mother Teresa's metaphor for life is that it's sacred. What if you believed life is sacred?

I often heard people saying life as a drama. We all have born here to play different roles individually. We have to go through different situations; sometimes-unpleasant situation or sorrowful movements come whereas sometimes-joyful movements come. We have to learn about how to be balance in every situation.

Page 249 The emotions you once through of as negative are merely a call to action. In fact, instead of calling them negative emotions, from now onward, let's call them action signals. Once you're familiar with each signal and its message, your emotions become not your enemy but your ally. They became your friend, your mentor, your coach, they guide you through life's most soaring highs and its most demoralizing lows. Learning to use these signals frees you form your fears and allows you to experience all the richness of which we humans are capable.

Yes! I agree with this opinion. As we tend to use some good signal even to point out the weaknesses of others it really helps us for not making him or her angry. In one training program, I learned that we have to express very politely to point out other persons weaknesses as saying him/her the areas for his/her improvements. Or we could even express you are doing well; it will be more fruitful if you increase such of your effort more and more.

Page-251-154 Six steps to emotional mastery

I have found that whenever I feel a painful emotion, there are six steps I can take very quickly to break my limiting patterns, find the benefit of that emotion, and set myself up so that in the future I can get the lesson from the emotion and eliminate the pain more quickly.

1. Identify what you're really feeling 2. Acknowledge and appreciate your emotions knowing they support you. (You never want to make your emotions wrong. The idea that anything you feel is "wrong" is a great way to destroy honest communication with yourself as well as with others.) 3. Get curious about the message this emotion is offering you (Getting curious helps you master you emotion, solve the challenge, and prevent the same problem from occurring in the future.) 4. Get confident 5. Get certain you can handle this not only today, but in the future as well 6. Get excited, and take action

Page 255-263 The ten action signals 1. Discomfort 2. Fear 3. Hurt 4. Anger 5. Frustration 6. Disappointment 7. Guilt 8. Inadequacy 9. Overload or overwhelm 10. Loneliness

These are ten different emotions we tend to face in our daily lives. The author mentioned clearly how to cope with these situations and how we get victory over these emotions and get success to achieve our goal. The author also mentioned about ten emotions of power, which give helping hand to us for making our dealing very wonderful and the most successful. They melt our negative emotions, which come into our contacts time to time.

The ten emotions of power 1. Love and warmth 2. Appreciation and gratitude 3. Curiosity 4. Excitement and passion 5. Determination 6. Flexibility (Choosing to be flexible is choosing to be happy.) 7. Confidence (In order to get yourself to do anything, it's imperative to exercise confidence rather that fear. The tragedy of many people's lives is that they avoid doing things because they are afraid; they even feel bad about things in advance. But remember the source of success for outstanding achievements often finds its origin in a set of nurtured beliefs for which that individual had no references! The ability to act on faith is what moves the human race forward.) 8. Cheerful (There is a big difference between being happy on the inside, and being outwardly cheerful.) 9. Vitality 10. Contribution

Page 266 Cheerfulness: There is a big difference between being happy on the inside, and being outwardly cheerful.

Page -267 Being cheerful means you're incredibly intelligent because you know that if you live life in a state of pleasure-one that's so intense that you transmit a sense of joy to those around you-you can have the impact to meet virtually and challenge that comes your way. Cultivate cheerfulness and you won't need so many of those "Painful" Action signals to get your attention!

Page 268 Contribution

Talks of contribution to others eg. of Jean Vajean: He was such a good man who wanted to give so much to others. Each day we should cultivate that sense of contribution by focusing not only on ourselves, but on others as well.

Yes! I fully agree with the idea, once when we tend to contribute for the betterment of others, such idea leads us toward happiness and satisfaction. That satisfaction can't be achieved through amount of money. We have to cultivate in our mind the sense of contribution.

I have a practical experience while I was working in our volunteer organization to support young student for enhancing their skill in traditional painting and speech development training. They learned such arts and accomplished the paintings for their livelihood. They are able to speak in public as well. It makes them to earn for their livelihood. They seem so happy and so do I.

Page- 269-270 Every feeling that you have good or bad is based on your interpretation of what things mean. Painful emotions are our enemies.

Page 273 We all have goals. The problem as I have stressed in virtually every chapter so far is that we are unconscious in our use of these resources.

Our goals affect us, whatever they are. If we don't consciously plant the seeds we want in the gardens of our minds, we'll end up with weeds. Weeds are automatic; we don't have to work to get them. If we want to discover the unlimited possibilities within us, we must find a goal big enough and grand enough to challenge us to push beyond our limits and discover our true potential. Remember that your current conditions do not reflect your ultimate potential, but rather the size and quality of goals upon which you currently are focusing. We all must discover or create a magnificent obsession.

Page 274 Setting goals is the first step in turning the invisible into the visible- the foundation for all success in life.

Page 282 It is very inspiring and interesting to learn about the author's experience and his real happiness being spent in Fiji and with Fijian people. It is a custom of the people in Fiji to make quests happy and share happiness to others.

Page-284 One man whose life I believe represents the power of a compelling future to change one's abilities, and whose life also reminds us that not achieving our intended goal may actually cause us to achieve a greater one, is the late Michael Landon. Why was this man beloved by so many? He represented many the highest values within our culture: a strong sense of family, doing the right thing, consistency and integrity, and persistence in the face of adversity, along with a sense of deep caring and love. This man who brightened so many lives became a cultural hero.

Page 288 " Climb high, climb far. Your goal the sky; your aim the star. Similar to your goal to reach to moon, at least you reach to star.

Page -293-294 Steps for achieving Personal goal, career/business/economic goals, toys/adventure goals and contribution goals " Where there is no vision, the people perish…." – proverbs

Page- 310 Life is a balance. If we allow ourselves to become the kind of people who refuse to see the weeds that are taking root in our gardens, our delusions will destroy us. Equally destructive, however, is what happens to those people who, out of fear constantly imagine the garden of overgrown and choked with intractable weeds. The leader's path is one of balance. He notes the weeds with a smile upon his face, knowing that the weeds' visit to the garden is all but over, because he's spotted them, he can and will immediately act to remove them.

Page –311 A mental diet is an opportunity to eliminate the negative and destructive patterns of thinking and feeling that inevitably come from living life in an emotionally reactionary and mentally undisciplined fashion. I committed myself to such a mental cleaning almost eight years ago, and found it to be a very profound and invaluable process.

Page-313 Every great, successful person I know shares the capacity to remain centered, clear and powerful in the midst of emotional "storms". How do they accomplish this? Most of them have a fundamental rule: In life, never spend more than 10 percent of your time on the problem, and spend at least 90 percent on your time on the solution.

Page 329 We all want to feel good, i.e. pleasure, and avoid felling bad, i.e. pain. But our life's experience has taught each of us a unique coding system for what equals pain and what equals pleasure. This can be found in the guidance system of our values. For example, one person may have learned to link pleasure to the idea of feeling secure, while someone else may have linked pain to the same idea because their family's obsession with security caused them never to experience a sense of freedom. Some people try to succeed; yet at the same time they avoid rejection at all costs. The values we select will shape every decision you make in our life.

There are two types of values we will learn about in the next chapter: the emotional states of pleasure we're always trying to move toward- values like love, joy, compassion and excitement - and the emotional states of pain that we are trying to avoid or move away from - like humiliation, targets will determine the direction of our life.

Five elements of the effective evaluation 1. Mental and emotional state 2. Questions we ask 3. Hierarchy of value 4. Beliefs 5. Reference experiences

Personal remarks

1. Mental state: Our mental status is different with the sentence of another person. Mental state is so different as per the situation. When our mental state is full of fear we couldn't grasp what others are explaining to us.

2. Questions: create the initial form of our evaluations. We tend to think what happen to us? What does this situation mean? If it means pain how to avoid, eliminate or reduce it.

3. Values: Each of us throughout our lives has learned value to certain emotions more than others. We all want to feel good, pleasure and avoid feeling bad. The values we select will shape every decision we make in our life.

4. Beliefs: Our global beliefs give us a sense of certainty about how to feel and what to expect from ourselves form life and from people; our rules are the beliefs we have about what has happen for us to feel that our values have been met.

Some people have some belief that if they pray god there problems overcome . There is belief that if we do good the result we get in return will be good. If parents are good, they never have conflict with their children. If we carry out any activities with calm and peaceful manner, we can successfully complete them.

5. Reference experiences: We have stored everything what we have ever experienced in our life. If we experienced some knowledge of practical skill, we tend to remember it for long time and we can evaluate such issue rightly. A person who have experienced to pass through a jungle in a safety way will be a right person to pass through a jungle. Therefore our good experiences refine our beliefs and values.

Remarkable quotation of George Bernard Shaw " Men are wise in proportion, not to their experience, but to their capacity for experience."

Lesson learned; Right evaluation makes positive change of human beings. One example of such right evaluation is of Dwayne Chapman who did great contribution to change bad behavior of over 360 arrests a year.

Page 332 Dwayne Chapman: a deeply spiritual man, whose goal is not only to catch the felon, but also to help him make changes in his life. Where did this desire come? for? It came from his own pain.

Page 339 The psychology of change

The six master steps 1. Decide what you really want and what' preventing you from having it now. 2. Get leverage: Associate massive pain to not changing now and massive pleasure to the experience of changing now! 3. Interrupt the limiting pattern 4. Create a new, empowering alternative 5. Condition the new pattern until it's consistent 6. Test it!

Real value of life should always be remembered. Lesson from 1. Ross Perot who set up a very successful Electronic Data System Corporation (EDS), 2. Maverick math teacher from whom students learn discipline, confidence, the importance of team, flexibility and the power of absolute determination. That made a very good future of students. So we need to remember always the real value of us and follow certain good discipline, confidence and be always hardworking.

Page 354-355 People don't just pursue pleasure, but they clearly also move away from pain. It is very difficult believe human beings. As the author suffered being trusted in a person and the man became dishonest. Yes! It is very difficult to understand human being. I believe it so.

Page 382 The solution is very simple. All we have to do to make our lives work is set up a system of evaluating that includes rules that are achievable that make it easy to feel good and hard to feel bad, that constantly pulls us in the direction we want to go. Certainly it's useful to have some rules that give us pain. We need to have limits, we need to have some kind of pressure that drives us. I can't have a glass, something with limits to contain the juice. When people are feeling good all the time, they tend to treat others better, and they tend to maximize they're potential as human beings. Once we design our values, we must decide what evidence we need to have before we give ourselves pleasure. We need to design rules that will move us in the direction of our values that will clearly be achievable, using criteria we can control personally so that we are ringing the bell instead of waiting for the outside world to do it.

Based on these requirements, Laurie changed the order of some of her values and completely changed her rules for achieving them. Here are her new values and rules.

It really helps us to set our priorities for different values. 1. Health 2. Security 3. Loving kindness 4. Learning opportunities 5. Achieving (Value of life)

Page-384 Life will give you enough pain on your own if you don't follow through. You don't need to add to it by creating an intense set of rules that makes you feel lousy all the time.

Page-403 It is so sad to know that Mr. Mique Davis, a good friend of the author became paralyzed from the neck down as he jumped off a bridge without realizing that the water was only about two feet deep. Mr. Dax another good friend of the author was trapped in a fire, had his entire body burned, and was blinded. Later, in spite of all these challenges, he became a practicing attorney. They begin to share from their heart that how great life is, how happy they are to be alive, how much they've been able to accomplish.

Page-404 It is very sad to know that one of participants who attended the seminar of the author lost his life by two men who had just been released from the prison. However; the widow of the man was so brave she applied her good knowledge to look after her children in an easier manner.

Page 414

" The best effect of fine persons is felt after we have left their presence." - Ralph Waldo Emerson

It is really true.

Page 442 Nervous system demands the use of two-thirds of your blood sugar, In modern industrialized society, people become less physically active. Only a few decades ago, most people accomplished their daily chores in a physical way. Today, though, we have designed active demands for our bodies to replace the inactivity that our day-to-day life no longer creates. This forced activity we call exercise. Unfortunately, many people with positive intentions, including skilled athletes, are becoming less healthy with exercise. Out of our drive to produce the greatest results in the shortest period of time most of us create an improper balance between health and fitness, and suffer the consequences. The solution we have is simple. Stu Mittlman's secret is that he understands that health and fitness must go together. According to Dr. Maffetone, Developing our aerobic system will not only make us a better athlete, but it will also burn off the extra fat from your hips, improve our immune system, give us more energy and keep us relatively injury-free. In other way, it's a way to build your total health and fitness through both the proper conditioning of our metabolism for aerobic and when appropriate, anaerobic training.

Computing your ideal heart rate *180- your age = your ideal heart rate (the rate at which you can exercise aerobically before going anaerobic) * If you are recovering from a major illness or are on medication subtract an additional 10 points. * If you have not exercised before, or have an injury or are gearing down in your train, or if you often get colds or flu or have allergies, subtract 5 points. * If you have been exercising for up to two years without any real problems, and have not had colds or flu more than once or twice per year, keep your score the same. * If you have been exercising for more than two years without any problems, while making progress in competition without injury add 5 points. (Before beginning any program of physical exercise, consult your physician.)

Page - 448 Exercise can become a positive addiction. Research has shown that if we exercise consistently for over twelve-month period of time, we will form this positive addiction for a lifetime. Even if we get off track for a period of time, we will always return to a consistent exercise regimen throughout our life.

Page 451 - 453 (Chapter 21) Six key points that are valuable of any relationship:

1. If you don't know the values and rules of the people with whom you share a relationship, you should prepare for pain. People can love each other, but if for whatever reason they consistently break the rule of someone they care about, there are going to be upsets and stress in this relationship.

2. Some of the biggest challenges in relationships come from the fact that most people enter a relationship in order to get something: they are trying to find someone who's going to make them feel good. In reality, the only way a relationship will last is if you see your relationship as a place that you go to give, and not a place that you go to take.

3. Like anything else in life, in order for a relationship to be nurtured, there are certain things to look for and to look out for. There are certain warning signals within your relationship that can flag you that you need to tackle a problem immediately before it gets out of hand. According to Dr. Barbara DcAngelis, there are four pernicious phases that can kill a relationship:

3.1. Stage one, Resistance (Conflict, struggle) 3.2. Stage two, Resentment (dislike, hatred, anger) 3.3. Stage three, Rejection 3.4. Stage four, Repression (Domination, suppression, cruelty)

We have to be very careful to make our friendly relationship with others. These are very practical, in our family and public relationship these often occurred both implicitly and explicitly. It is very essential to learn that the author also mention about solving the problems indicating that we have to clearly mention our rules or we can use transformational vocabulary.

4. Make your relationship one of the highest priorities in your life 5. Focus each day on making it better rather than focusing what might happen if it ended. 6. Each day re-associate to what you love about this person you are in a relationship with. Reinforce your feeling of connection and renew your feelings of intimacy and attraction.

" In a full heart there is room for everything, and in an empty heart there is room for nothing." - Antonio Porchia

Page 455-456 Money! It's one of the most emotionally charged issues of our lives. Most people are willing to give up things that are much more valuable than money in order to get more of it; they'll push themselves for beyond their past limitations, give up time with their family and friends, or even destroy their health. Money is a potent source associated to both pain and pleasure within our society.

Many people make the mistake of thinking that all the challenges in their lives would dissipate if they just had enough money. Nothing could be further from the truth.

Yes! It is true. I agree with the idea. Money will not make available all what we like to have so, money will make our lives sophisticated physically in some extend only.

Page-465 True contribution makes life richer; so don't limit yourself to adding value strictly for personal gain.

Page 478 Three time saving tips 1. The ability to distort time 2. A matter of importance 3. Save yourself years

Page- 493 A terrific example of this is a homeless young man named T.J. He was addicted to cocaine, methadone, and amphetamines. The seminar participants of the author share some hour with him and were able to help him make huge shifts in his beliefs and assist him in developing strategies to support his new identity. Today, T.J. is not only off the street and off drugs, but he is also a major contributor to society. He is a fireman in Texas.

I am very happy to learn such wonderful life story of the person. If people convert themselves from misbehavior, they would contribute more for the welfare of our society and culture.

Page 507 I am very inspired with the author of his kindness of helping the hungry and homeless people. It really makes us feel happy from within our heart.

My personal experience One day I was providing my volunteer work in one of our ritual feast, it was a day after a big dinner served to huge guests. I saw a very poor old man looking at a clay bowl, which was left a side in the wastage box. He was just taking some curd left in the bowl and tasting it. I felt at the time that I had to give some food for that old man so that he could enjoy it because it seemed that he is so hungry. As I noticed he liked curd, I went inside a room and got a big bowl feel with curd and I managed to offer him some food along with the curd bowl. He was so glad and enjoyed the food very much. I felt so peaceful to offer him the food. It is really true that whenever we offer from our kind heart to other poor or weaken people, it really makes us feel calm, peaceful and happiness internally. I often recall that day.

Page-509 Live is a balance between giving and receiving, between taking care of yourself and taking care of others. Yes, give some of your time, capital and energy to those who truly need it- but also be willing to give to yourself. And do so with joy, not with guilt.

Page-511 Take the opportunity to learn from your mistakes: find the cause of your problem and eliminate it. Don't try to be perfect; just being an excellent example of being human.

Mr. Anthony Robins concluded the book in such a manner that every reader will express their willingness either to meet him or to correspond him once.

He expressed that the truth is that in life, we never know what's going to happen next! In the next few moments something could happen that could change the entire direction. He expressed that to live life happily, we should live in an attitude to positive expectancy, knowing that everything that happens in our life benefits us in some way. It is really encouraged for me to learn that we are guided along a path of never-ending growth and learning, and with it the path of everlasting love. Mr. Robins Anthony well explains about life values and the most important phenomenon that we tend to achieve for succeeding walk of our lives.

"Unconditional Life Discovering the Power to Fulfill Your Dreams"
by Dr. Deepak Chopara

While reading the book, I found that Dr. Deepak Chopra is a medical doctor as well as a philosopher and spiritual teacher. He treats patients not only giving medicine and physical care but also giving spiritual guidance to make them able to tolerate with unpleasant and difficult conditions. He taught them to be aware and internally balance. That means he teaches his patients to be mentally balance and know the situation of his/her body and phenomena. As the results, the patients develop some energy to even tolerate the situation of the difficult stage of cancer.

The author used to be very sensitive to use words when he was about to tell his patient what happened to him or her. He speaks one of his patients minor damage to heart when the patient had suffered from heart attack. (page 27)

It can be assumed that the author learned these positive attitudes from his family. They (specially his mother) always told him about the episodes of Ramayana, which showed us the disciplines and ethnical practices to be followed either in houses or in the society. As having spiritual knowledge the author enables to treat patients calmly and make them to be happy and realize about the real conditions of life. There are very few doctors like him.

In addition to this we could learn from the book that how we minimize our illusions practicing spiritual paths like meditation and so on.

In due course; I would like to share some of the points I marked in the book which the author mentioned about the condition of patients, their mental stages, spiritual guidance like meditation, ideas from Gita, Ramayana (Episode of lord Rama). The author presented a story of a couple (the wife suffered from cancer). Both of them practice meditation for long time each day. The wife realized the impermanence nature of the body and phenomenon and she faced all her pain calmly.

Page:29
Seeing the world is far from the passive act it appears to be, for when we look at something, we see it colored by our own set of unique experiences.  If I am looking at the dawn and feel depressed, my mood seeps into the dawn, making it look sad and lonely. If I am joyful, the same dawn reflects my joy back at me. This fusing of "me" and things "Out there" is what makes the lens of perception magical. Just by listening, looking smelling, tasting, and feeling, I turn the world into my world.

Page: 31
Like an ambitious king who builds his palace too fast to actually enter each room, our minds have lost track of their own labyrinths, secret chambers and ghost-filled attics.

Page: 37
Perception, we must conclude, is infinitely flexible, serving the mind in any way the mind chooses. We create new worlds inside our private universe, worlds that the five senses then confirm as real. Outer reality can even be turned off by a flick of the wrist.

Page: 38
Perhaps the difference between five and seventeen senses is not all that significant, since any sense is just the channel for the real business of the mind which is to sort out, interpret and finally create reality. A newborn baby feels completely fused with his mother, and with all objects. Even though his
skin contains working nerves and his eye a working retina, these mechanical parts are not enough to tell a baby that he is an individual. The touch and sight of anything "out there" feels like " me" touching and seeing myself.

Page: 40
My sense of reality continued to veer unsteadily from one world to the next. When I (the author) flew to Sri Lanka to take the exam that would entitle me to practice medicine in America, I spent the morning at a temple built around Buddha's tooth and listened to ethereal wind chimes tuned thousands of years to be pleasing to the devas or angels. That afternoon I sat trough an exam crammed with metabolic pathways and basic biochemistry.

Page: 51-52
I (the author) started wsith the most easygoing patient on the ward, a man in his forties who had had a mild heart attack.

Why did you have a heart attack? You really want to know? Yes, I do." I got a promotion. The company wants me to move to Cincinnati But my wife doesn't want to go. She has all her family here in Boston, and she doesn't want to go with me. That's why."

The man said this completely calmly, without any sign of anger. When Crichton went on to question the rest of the ward, every other patient had a similar answer:

" My wife is talking about leaving me."
" My son won't got to law school."
" I didn't get the raise."

Page: 59-62
The author illustrated a story of a mother who gave birth of a baby and left the baby to a adoption agency to find a home for the infant because her parents' constraints. The son was adopted by a family. When the son became young he realized that he was adopted. He was so eager to see his real mother. It really took him many years to meet and accept the real mother. It is really an extra ordinary situation.

Page: 63
Everybody realizes about impermanent of life when we read Malcony's story. Malcony lost his brother and a friend from heart attacked in a short period of time.

Page: 69
One of the main themes of the world's spiritual traditions is the falseness of time, and one of the aims of enlightened teachers it to break the spell of time that limits the minds of their followers. A master in India once said to his disciples, " You have enclosed yourself in the prison of time and space, squeezing your experience into the span of a lifetime and the volume of a body. It is because of this self-imposed illusion that all your conflicts arise: life and death, pain and pleasure, hope and fear. To end these problems, you must first end the illusion."

"But how is that done?" a disciple asked. The master replied, "You are caught in this world like fish in a net. But all nets have holes. Find one, escape through it and you will see what reality actually is."

Page: 78
Even though our world is time bound, there are many clues to indicate that we are tuned to the larger reality of "all in all." A prominent Japanese neuroscientist, Dr. Tadanobu Tsunoda, spent fourteen years testing the functions of the left and right sides of the brain. In all of us there is a switching mechanism, located in the brain stem, that enables us to shift dominance to our left cerebral hemisphere when we are engaged in speech, calculation, and logic, and to our right hemisphere for music, recognizing shapes, drawing analogies or engaging in anything that stirs our emotions.

In chapter 5
The author presented some examples of his two grandfathers. One was a man of action, a soldier who was born the son of a small-scale rajah (prince) in the dry hills of the Northwest Territory. When British soldiers were sent to force his allegiance to the Crown, his grandfather decided to fire on them. His tiny forces were quickly defeated. The British graciously presented his grandfather with the pension that would have been offered to the rajah, along with a life commission as a sergeant in the British army. The grandfather celebrated the author's birthday by climbing onto the roof of his villa in Lahore, firing a smart volley of rifle shots into the air and blowing a triumphant blast on his bugle. Having satisfactorily alerted (and terrified) the neighbors, he descended to calmly resume his breakfast.

His other grandfather, on his mother's side, was a man of peace. His life had been molded by foreign influence, too, but in an entirely different way. When the singer sewing machine was introduced to India at the turn of the century, he became the company's sales representative, traveling throughout the country to tout this miraculous machine that could do the work of three women. He quickly amassed a sizable sum of money and retired before he was fifty, spending the rest of his life in meditation and spiritual inquiry. At the announcement of the author's birth, he unobtrusively took his way from his house on Babar Road in New Delhi to a back street in the old city where he distributed alms to the poor.

It is entirely different actions of two grandfathers on a same person. So we tend to learn here that there are different natures in human beings, which was made as per their attitudes.

Page 129
In this chapter it mentioned about how practices of healings help treat the patient in the hospital. Much has been written about what makes certain people heal better and faster than others. Ray embodied many of the most desirable qualities. He had the courage to get up out of his hospital bed and walk on his leg within days after his accident. When his arm had to be amputated, he immediately and hungrily accepted love when it was offered by his family and friends. These are rare qualities of heart and mind.

Although every doctor has seen such patients, "great healers" have proved to be too rare and too individual to study as a class. Therefore, we do not really know their secret. I believe that what makes such people extraordinary is not anything they do: it is something they are.

Page: 134
A gap is created between true and false emotions, between what I should feel and what I actually feel.

Chinese poet Wu-Men Counsels:
Ten thousand flowers in spring,
the moon in autumn,
A cool breeze in summer
show in winter-
If your mind is not clouded by unnecessary things, this is the best season of your life.

Page: 143
Turning the mirror inward is a metaphor for the actual process I wanted Elaine to discover, meditation. Medically speaking, meditation has proved particularly helpful in cases like hers when the patient's physical and mental states have become severely disjointed.

Page: 145
In time, meditation makes nervous system extremely sensitive, so that it registers every subtle impression vividly and without prejudice, then the world itself changes.

The true yogi stands apart from ordinary experience by seeing that suffering is a completely false state. As we really are, we are creatures of bliss, but this reality is totally dependent upon experiencing it. All bliss vanishes when the mind takes on suffering; all suffering vanishes when the mind takes on bliss. The reason this must be so is that our inner mirror, unlike one made of glass, actually becomes the image it reflects.

What the yogi proposes is that each of us should locate the level of pure joy that is behind the mirror. It cannot be expressed in words, because language is another image in the mind's mirror.

The author suggests us to follow the spiritual path to live life happily. It gives energy to tolerate at the time of difficulties and even at the time of illness. It guides us to see the real condition of life.

Though we feel some people are happy seeing their status, property and knowledge but unfortunately these people are more annoyed and depressed. It happened because they are far away from spiritual practices.

Page: 154
Compassion is a form of love. It takes others as they are, without judgment or a sense of superiority. It is therefore not the easiest feeling for the ego to adjust to. On the other hand, compassion is true, and that is its great attraction.

Page: 166
A sad story of Phillip was presented who lost both his father and mother during he was studying in school. He became mentally disturbed so much and admitted to hospital and in a mental ward. It all happened to Phillip because he was all most alone and he missed real love from his parents forever. He was seeking for true love. He was at last treated using the language of heart, and using healing.

Page: 196-197
The world seen through that window is very different from the one we are used to. "I  you wand to know intellectually, then you are pure awareness, the changeless background against which all thoughts occur. This pure awareness is a continuum. It is not broken up by time or space- it just is, ever and always.

Page: 204
In place of world sliced up into bits and pieces, the rishis (saints) offer us a continuum- a flowing river-that begins in side our awareness, expands to create all the things and events "out there" and then returns to its source, dissolving back into awareness again. Ultimately, the rishis' perception can
only be tested by rising their state of consciousness.

Page: 228
A disciple once complained to his guru " If you are enlightened, why don't you perform miracles to prove it?" The guru answered, " Because there are no miracles, unless you consider all of life a miracle. I am beyond miracles. I am
normal.

Page: 232
We do not think of political in this way mainly because people are not generally united in their inner perspective. Sometimes, however, a surge of consciousness carries everyone along. Gandhi inspired millions of Indians to gather silently as a means of protesting British rule; they did not do anything other than stand or sit together for a time, yet that in itself created a sort of witness very like the silent witness I tell my patients about. Just to look at your enemy in your eyes. The silent witness reflects the truth that he must come to terms with in the end.

The author doesn’t want to equate collective consciousness only with emotions or morality, rather, it is the mind we all share beneath the superficial layer of our individual minds. This shared mind creates our shared world. Therefore, the world is a map of all that people agree to be real, with the exclusion
of all that they agree to be unreal.

Page:236
It is hard to escape the conclusion that the twins in fact possessed a siddhi, one well-known in ancient India, called Jyotish Mati Pragya – the ability to see into the light. At a subtle level, the rishis say, everything is made of light, light is the finest level of appearance before creation dissolves into pure consciousness. By some means or other, the twins attuned their minds to this level of awareness, and they appeared to know that this was what they were doing. Sacks writes, " If you ask them how they can hold so much in their minds- a three-hundred-figure digit, or the trillion events of four decades- they say very simply, "We see it." The twins methods give us a model for how siddhis work in general. A siddhi is a mental ability, no different from ordinary thinking except that it runs deeper. One has to go right to the edge where pure consciousness is about to emerge into ints created forms. To put it in the language of physics, a local intention begins to have nonlocal results. Instead
of being confined inside my skull, my desire is to see a twenty-digit prime ratiates into the field, and the field brings back the answer.

Page: 237
A siddhi throws together everyday awareness with transcendent awareness, and when the two are completely scendent awareness, and when the two are completely blended, nature begins to respond to one's most casual desires as commands. In itself, this is a wondrous development, but it serves a higher end, which is to rob ordinary reality of its power to keep people ensnared. This is always the aim of yoga in all its phases. " Once you realize that the world is your own projection, you will be free of it," a guru told his followers. Every thing existing around you is painted on the screen of your consciousness.

Page: 253
First of all, one has to be honest enough to admit that life is not perfect already. Although this may sound like the easiest step, it is often the hardest, because it has to be accomplished on the feeling level.

Page: 264
Like any other wound, hurt awareness has to heal of its own accord. This means that for many people, the initial stages of evolution will remind them of pain, anger, and guilt they would rather forget. But awareness is like an army that advances together, leaving no stranglers; all the old pain must be confronted. As Maharishi points out, "enlightenment" means that every part of the mind receives light; there are no dark corners, and nothing remains that are frightening to look at. Meditation does not confront us with our old hurts head on, however. Each hurt has left its mark in the nervous system, and it is these physiological scars that get released.

The author used a lot of spiritual terminology in this book about mind and body. Once we are aware ourselves, we would be able to face and tolerate any unpleasant and difficult movements. Even for cancer, heart attacked patients they can tolerate the last stage of the disease because they practice meditation.

I remember one member of our society, whose wife suffers from cancer. He trained himself to realize the impermanent nature of the body and phenomena. He always motivates his wife to cope with the situation. He himself cooks food for her because they have no children. The person often practices meditation.

It is really an inspiring book, we could learn lesson how we became disturbed with illusion, how to cope with the difficult situation. How helpful it is for a patient to practice meditation.

Change Your Mind, Change Your Life

This is one of the excellent books, I have ever read through. I am so inspired to learn the compassionate attitude of the authors to the patients and the other people who are really seeking to get some support from others. The authors have opened one center for the children who were facing catastrophic (tragic, disastrous) illnesses and the possibility of death. The center later on expanded its services to siblings and parents and after that to adults with catastrophic illnesses, to people wishing to heal their relationships, and even to those with AIDS. The center doesn't charge fee for direct services. The center is guided by 12 principles, which are very important for internal peace and harmony.

Twelve principles of the center
1. Love is one of the most important things in life!
2. It is important to get better -so we must not let fear trap us!
3. Giving and receiving is the same thing.
4. Don't live in the past and in the future.
5. Do what you can now. Each minute is for giving love.
6. We can learn to love ourselves and others by forgiving instead of not forgiving.
7. We can find love instead of fault.
8. If something is the matter outside, don't go crazy, because you are safe inside.
9. We are students and teachers to each other.
10. Don't just look at the bad things, look a the best things too.
11. Since love is forever, death need not be scary.
12. We can always see other people as giving love or asking for help.

This book gives a lot of practical ideas to calm down when we feel angry. Usually we feel angry when:
1. Somebody fails to give us an important telephone message
2. Our car won't start because of battery is dead
3. Our computer program doesn't work out
4. Someone deceive us
5. Electrical power supply is off when we are working an important thing in our computer
6. Thing doesn't go right as we wish it be.

I fully agree with the authors as they mentioned in the book about ideas, which are based on premise that we can change the angry, fearful, negative thought in our minds. The principles of Attitudinal healing from which these ideas are drawn, teach us that happiness is our natural state and that we can choose to have peace of mind as our only goal. To change our lives, we need only to change our minds. Instead of holding on to grievances (complains), blaming others, or condemning ourselves, we can choose to have a willingness to forgive, to let go of all such thoughts. Through that willingness to forgive we take an important step toward correcting our misperceptions and removing the obstacles to our experience of happiness and peace. We have to meet people at work, at house and in the society in each of these activities there is always the potential for conflict, anger, and resentment. Without thinking about it we often set up rules for communication with our loved ones that are entirely different from the rules we follow with the people outside our immediate families. It may be easy to forgive your child or partner, but you may not be as willing to forgive people with whom you work. We feel happy when something happens in favor of us and feel angry when something happens which we don't like. The book gives us to be balanced when something happens which we don't like.

The author mentioned in the preface that this book gives the answers of all the following questions. Once we complete reading whole book we could realize these all by ourselves.

Is it possible to live lives with same concern for others as we have for ourselves, and to be focused on giving rather than on getting?

Is it really possible to live in a way that we no longer blame others or condemn ourselves for the things that seem to go wrong and cause us to lose our peace of mind?

Can we fell peaceful inside no matter what is happening in the outside world?

Can we learn to no longer be afraid of love and to learn how to forgive each other and ourselves?

Is it really possible to let of our fear of death and the belief that death is the end of life?

Can we learn to be more gentle, tender and kind to each other and ourselves?

Can we let go of all fear and give unconditional love to all others, without exception?

Is it possible to enjoy peace of mind even though we believe that life has been unkind and that there are many people who have hurt us?

Can we feel peaceful inside no matter what is happening in the outside world?

This books talks about our everyday problems of different field in law, in business and in education. This book elaborates most practically about unconditional love and forgiveness. This book is about learning to be spiritually fulfilled, finding harmony between body, mind, emotions and spirit, and a comfortable balance between inner and outer success. It is a book about retaining our minds; opening our hearts to intimacy and learning to listen to the inner guide that each of us has within our hearts. It is about trust, faith, and hope. And it is about finding purpose in our lives and making a positive difference in the world.

After we read this book we would know a solution by changing our mind and changing our life whenever we face conflict.

This book has been divided into three parts. Part 1 explains about topic change your mind and this part are divided into four chapters. Part II explains about changes your life and this part is divided into 10 different chapters. In addition to this part III consisted with Attitudinal healing and eighteen weekly lessons. Personally I am very benefited with the topics. It is so interesting to learn about different persons from hospitals, schools, law and forms and business. The experiences of doctors, patients, lawyers, teachers

The authors summarized briefly about the main message at end of each chapter. It would be very worthy at least to look at the main summary when someone is busy. The authors gave affirmation of the main highlights of each chapter. I would like to request all of our friends who are interested in learning ideas on practical basis for changing our mind with changing our life at least to read affirmations of the book.

 The affirmations of different chapters are given in page no. 21, 55, 74, 94, 115, 135, 153, 171, 206, 224, 263 and 272.

The authors presented very good quotations at the end of each chapter. The book is a very good lesson for us.

When I was reading the book I have marked some ideas from different pages as below, which I feel important and worthwhile our friends, it might also be interesting to you all as well.

Page: 11
It is based on the premise that our natural state of mind I inner peace. We can have inner peace regardless of the state of our body or what is happening in our outside life. Even a person who is dying of a disease such as cancer or AIDS can have this inner peace.

Page: 13
The process of forgiving others leads to the process of forgiving ourselves. We cannot totally experience ourselves as love until we have totally forgiven all others and ourselves.

Page: 16
When we have only loving thoughts in our minds and hearts, we see only a loving reality.

Page: 20
Some months before the publication of this book, we received a letter from Kaycee Poirier, who lived in Canada at the time. She was ten years old and had a brain tumor. After reading our principles of Attitudinal Healing she had written to us saying that she felt that they were good but they were not written in a child's language. She rewrote them for us, stating that, "This is my gift to other children who are fighting to live." Kaycee died before she could see her writing in print. but before she died we wrote to her and expressed our heartfelt thanks.

Page: 28
The children and adults at the center (The center of Attitudinal Healing) have made it very clear that we will be fearful of death as long as we remain attached to our bodies as our only reality.

Page: 45 -48Story of Cheryl Daniels Shohan, Meg Harmon who has faced death of their children and friend and learn lesson to share unconditional love to others.

Page: 59-60
There is increasing evidence that there is not an illness known to science that is not affected by our thoughts and feelings and that our attitudes can play a significant role in our ability both to recover from disease and to maintain positive health.

Our state of mind can play a prime role in protecting us or helping us recover from illnesses of this kind. Our bodies' immune systems know how to heal infections caused by most viruses and bacteria, and they will do this healing work automatically.

Page: 70
Dr. Seymour Boorstein is an associate professor of psychiatry at the university of California Medical Center in San Francisco. On his own spiritual path, he has been involved in Buddhist meditation as well as "A Course in Miracles".

Page: 90
With a deep sense of appreciation we recall the lessons of Mahatma Gandhi. When he was asked to stand up to the British laws oppression with a show of force and violence against a group of British officers, his response was to choose peace instead of conflict.Gandhi believed that the strength of our deepest convictions could best be expressed through nonviolence action.

Page: 100
Once when we (the authors) were in Italy with Mother Teresa, she told us (the authors) of a remarkable woman whom she greatly admired. The woman, who lived in South America, gave her newborn infant the legal name Professor of love. The name was a gentle reminder to hear that every time she was with the child, or even thought about him, she would remember that he was there to teach her about unconditional love.

Mother Teresa has said, " When you give the gift of love, there are no small or large gifts. All gifts of love are the same.

Page: 101
We believe that almost anyone who has experienced holding a newborn in his or her arms has experienced a power of love that is beyond intellectual understanding. Whether we describe it as the mystery of life or the miracle of love does not matter. What does matter is that we see children as our most treasured teachers of love and peace. By reflecting and mirroring their unconditional love we learn to go beyond the daily frustrations that can occur for each of us during our journey of parenting.

Page: 104
If we want our children to grow up to be responsible, caring, and loving adults, we must first be response-able in our own thoughts and actions. We must care for our children in ways that reflect consistent harmony in what we think, say and do. And above all, we must teach only love, for that is what we are and that is what they are too.

Page: 120
Jerry was a consultant for the California State School for Neurologically Handicapped, as soon as Jerry stepped into the building; I felt an atmosphere or unconditional love and peace that were true for both students and staff. She felt a wonderful sense of harmony; a she immediately knew that this was a school dedicated to teaching love.

Page: 122
The concept of Attitudinal Healing is proving to be very practical in the educational environment. That it is possible to transform fear into love is being demonstrated in many different schools. In classrooms where love and cooperation are emphasized, competition is being replaced by cooperation and collaboration. There is more and more room for communication that is focused on how we re alike rather than on how we are different.

Page: 124
We could see how caring with love change behavior of a school child Trina who used to be angry to other children. Mrs. Robbins treated her with unconditional love. Trina's behavior began to change.

Page: 168
 presented the story of Tom Quinn who lost both his legs during the Vietnam war, yet today he is a great golfer. He is busily engaged in developing tournaments for the physically challenged and has been an inspiration to thousands of men and women who have physical handicaps.

Page: 184
Story of Gary Friedman (A lawyer)Gary has become very involved in the Buddhist philosophy. He was raised in the Jewish faith, and he guess he could be called a Jewish Buddhist. He began describing some of the ways he had brought his beliefs into law practice. He does his best to be true to himself in both his personal life and his legal practice. Gary is very successful at incorporating spiritual principles into his practice and that he was gaining tremendous personal fulfillment, as well as being professionally successful, in doing so.
Page: 205Each of us has choices. We can choose to look inside ourselves each day, to see if there are any residues of fear, judgment, anger and hate. If we do find them, we can choose to see the value of changing our minds, letting go of our negative and judgmental thoughts.

Page: 211
" Love is the essence of our being." Sue Siegel established a company under the name of Sue J. Inc., which manufactures women cloths. She behaves as like family members to all her staff and customers. As a result her business was expanded day by day. Out of its very small beginning Sue. J. Inc. has expanded to over seventy-five employees and does a multi-million dollar business each year. She has been applying Attitudinal Healing principles in her company. As the author asked Sue about profit sharing in her company, she replied. " Everyone who has been working for us for more than a year is part of our profit-sharing plan. In addition to that we have a bonus plan twice a year.

Levi Stratuss & Co. is also a company practicing more caring ways of doing business. This is a company where every effort is made to respect and empower every employee and where everyone is an equal teacher-student, student teacher to each other.

When I completed reading the book I would like to share some of my experiences of one evening and a story of my friend who had died in an accident.

An event of the evening
One evening I was going to attend a dinner program with my other three colleagues. On the way we met an old lady about 74 years old, she just came to Kathmandu to see her own son and daughter in law. She was not familiar with the city and the roads. She came out from her son's rented house to buy some vegetables in the evening in winter. It was almost dark when she bought the vegetable.

As the matter of fact, when she went back to her house she lost her way. She was asking people about her son's house. She even didn't know the names of the area where her son's house is situated. In due course, she met us and asked to help her. We first listen to her and stop a taxi and tried to find out several places as per her information but we could not find the place. We asked the old lady about her son. He works in one of motor workshops in the city. It was getting too late for all of us to attend the marriage dinner. At last we decided to take help of police from a local police station. We told the entire story to policemen. They said they would find out her from the motor workshop. We said her that we would come back to the police station after just attending the dinner program briefly. When we arrived the wedding it was almost very late. We just stayed there few minutes only and came back to the police station.

Anyhow at last the police was succeeded to find out her son. When we arrived at the police station the son came there. Both the mother and the son were so happy to see each other. The son was too worried. He had also been looking for his mother. We all felt so happy that they met at last. We thanked the police. The old lady thanked us very much from her kind heart. It is so peaceful to help someone who is in trouble.

Story number two
I often remembered my friendsIt was story of my very good friend with whom I spent most of my time in my childhood. We used to celebrate festivals together go to visit temples; play football, badminton and other games. He often came to my house and was very familiar with my family. He was so close to my brothers. He had lost his parents already when he has infant. He had to work in his relative's house as gold and silver smith. He lived together with his elder brother and a young brother. The relative had business in Gantok in India. They took my friend with them there. My friend had to do everything on his own. He had to cook, wash cloths and work hard in Gantok. He came one time to meet me in Kathmandu. We enjoyed a lot. I was so happy that my one of best friend came to meet me from a far distance. That was one of the wonderful days in my life. All these wonderful days past away, my friend had to go back to Gantok again. It was so difficult for me to say good-bye to him when I went to see off him at his residence.

I was so worried that I could not hear anything about my friend. I went to see his house and met his youngest brother. I was so much mourned to hear that it had been some weeks already of his demise. I was extremely sad and very much distressed to hear such the worst news. I used to recall all our joyful movements, which I spent with him. What can I do is to share my merits to him whenever I do some spiritual activities like meditation and so on. I often realize the teaching of lord Buddha that all raising ends in falling, all meeting ends in departing and all living end in dying. It is the nature of impermanence.

I often recall the events I spent with other two friends whom I meet on my school vacations only. One friend studied together in my school and the other studied in a different school. Both of them lived together in a same community. We usually meet either in their community or in my house. Usually we discuss about our studies and exam. One day I went to the school in the morning. I didn't see my friend coming to the school on the day. I went to see him in his house. It was a very bad they that I had to hear that they were in a bicycle accident. Both of them were in a bicycle. The cycle heated to a very big stone on the highway. My school friend broke his arms in different parts. And another friend was so serious. Both of them were fainted. Few days letter my school met woke up. His eyes were full of tear. I asked him not to be worried. However; he told me that he saw a dream and in his dream the other friend was telling him that he would be no more alive. He requested my classmate to look after his house after he past away. He thought it was only a dream but unfortunately it became true. The other friend had already passed away. It made very much shocked to all my friends and me. He was so positive thinking and a kind-hearted person. I also learned the lesson that human life is so short. We have to do something good for other in this short period of life span.

The Magic Of Thinking Big
By David J. Schwartz, Ph.D.

The Magic of thinking" is a very good book written by David J. Schwartz. This book really shows the path of succeeding human life going through right ways, thinking positive and believing to succeed, conquering victory over defeats and evil thoughts. The writer has expressed the magic of thinking big through 13 different chapters each chapter explaining on the succeeding things, building confidence destroying fear, thinking big, thinking creativity, assuring what we are, what we think we are, thinking right toward people, getting the action habit, using goals to help us grow and thinking how like a leader.

I could have an opportunity to learn how a person has to be succeeded in his/her carrier. How he/she has to set goals? How he/she has to develop confidence in his/her personal personnel motive? Reading the book, it helps me to overcome some of my personal confusions. I learn from reading the book that we have to gain opportunity building confidence through our own skills and efforts.

Following are some of the ideas from the book which I think useful and worthwhile to share to our friends and of-course to readers.

Chapter 1 page 17
Believe you can succeed and you will. Success means many wonderful, positive things, success means personal prosperity: a fine home, vacations, travel, new things financial security, giving your children maximum advantages. Success means winning admiration, leadership, being looked up to by people in your business and social life. Success means freedom: freedom from worries, fears, frustrations, and failure. Success manes self-respect, continually finding more real happiness and satisfaction form life, being able to do more for those who depend on you. Success means winning. Success- achievement-is the goal of life!

Page 34 - Page 39
Three ways to cure intelligence exquisites, Never underestimate your own intelligence and never overestimate the intelligence of others. Remind yourself several times daily. Remember that the ability to think is of much greater value than the ability to memorize facts.

Page 43
Age has no real relation to ability unless you convince yourself that years alone will give you the stuff you need to make your mark. Demonstrate that you have ability and positive attitudes and your youthfulness will be considered an advantage. The cure for age exquisites is: Look at your present age positively Compute how much productive time you have left Invest future time in doing what you really want to do

Page 51-52
Here are two specific things to do build confidence through efficient management of your memory bank. It is mentioned in the book that our mind is as memory bank. We have to store only of good and positive things to our memory bank. Remember only of good memories rather than negative memories. Deposit only positive thoughts in your memory bank. It is suggested that just before we go to sleep, deposit good thoughts in your memory bank. Count your blessings. Recall the many good things we have to be thankful for: Recall the good things you saw people do today. Recall our little victories and accomplishments. Go over the reasons why you are glad to be alive. Withdraw only positive thoughts from our memory bank

Page 60
When we do what is known to be wrong two negative things happen. First, we feel guilt and this guilt eats away confidence. Second, other people sooner or later find out and lose confidence in us. It is easy to prove that managed motions can change emotions. People who are shy in introducing themselves can replace this timidity with confidence just by taking three simple actions simultaneously: First, reach for the other person's hand and clasp it warmly. Second, look directly at the other person. And third, say, " I am very glad to know you." These three simple actions automatically and instantaneously banish shyness. Confident action produces confident thinking. So, to think confidently, act confidently. Act the way you want to feel.

Page 75
Here is how you can develop your power to see what can be, not just what is. I call these the " Practice adding value" exercises.
1. Practice adding value to things. Remember the real estate example. Ask yourself, " What can I do to' add value' to this room or this house or this business? Look for ideas to make things worth more. A thing-weather it be a vacant lot, a house, or a business-has value in proportion to the ideas for using it.
2. Practice adding value to people. As you move higher and higher in the world of success, more and more of your job becomes "people development." Ask, " What can I do to 'add value' to my subordinates? What can I do to help them to become more effective? Remember; to bring out the best in a person, you must first visualize his best.
3. Practice adding value to yourself. Conduct a daily interview with yourself. Ask What can I do to make myself more valuable today? Visualize yourself not as you are but as you can be. Then specific ways for attaining your potential value will suggest themselves. Just try and see.

Page 82
It pays in every think big remember!
1. Don't sell yourself short. Conquer the crime of self-depreciation. Concentrate on your assets. You are better than you think you are.
2. Use the big thinker's vocabulary. Use big, bright, cheerful words. Use words that promise victory, hope, happiness, pleasure, avoid words that create unpleasant images of failure, defeat, and grief.
3. Stretch your vision. See what can be, not just what is. Practice adding value to things, to people and to yourself
4. Get the big view of your job. Think really think your present job is important. That next promotion depends mostly on how you think toward your present job.
5. Think above trivial things. Focus your attention on big objectives. Before getting involved in a petty matter, ask yourself "Is it really important?

Grow big by thinking big.

Page 83 Chapter 5
How to think and dream creatively

Page 101.
Summation, use these tools and think creativity
1. Believe it can be done. Yes! I fully agree that when we believe something can be done, our mind will find the ways to do it. Believing a solution paves the way to solution. Eliminate "impossible", "won't work," "can't do", no use trying " form your thinking and speaking vocabularies.
2. Don't let tradition paralyze your mind. Be receptive to new ideas. Be experimental. Try new approaches. Be progressive in everything you do.
3. Ask yourself daily, " How can I do better?" There is no limit to self-improvement. When you ask yourself, " How can I do better?" sound answers will appear. Try it and see.
4. Ask yourself, "How can I do more"" Capacity is a state of mind. Asking yourself this question puts your mind to work to find intelligent short-cuts. The success combination in business is: Do what you do better (Improve the quality of your output), and do more of what you do (increase the quantity of your output.)
5. Practice asking and listening. Ask and listen and you'll obtain raw material for reaching sound decisions. Remember: Big people monopolize the listening; small people monopolize the talking.
6. Stretch your mind. Get stimulated. Associate with people who can help you to think of new ideas, new ways of doing things. Mix with the people of different occupational and social interests.

Page: 103
How you think determines how you act. How you act in turn determines: How others react to you.

Like other phases of your personal program for success, wining respect is fundamentally simple. To gain respect of others, you must first think you deserve respect.

Page 116
1. Look important, it helps you to think important.
2.Think your work is important.
3.Give yourself a pep talk several times daily. Build a "sell yourself-to-yourself" Commercial. Remind yourself at every opportunity that you are a first class person.
4.In all life's situations, ask yourself " Is this the way an important person thinks? Then obey the answer.

Page 128
Select friends who are interested in positive things, friends who really do want to see you succeed. Find friends who breathe encouragement into your plans and ideas.

Page 131
Make your environment make you successful
1.Be environment-conscious. Just as body diet makes the body, mind diet makes the mind.
2.Make your environment work for you, not against you. Don't let suppressive forces-the negative, you-can't do it people make your think defeat.
3. Don't let small-thinking people hold you back. Jealous people want to see you stumble. Don't give them that satisfaction.
4.Get your advice from successful people. Your future is important. Never risk it free-lance advisors who are living failures.
5.Get plenty of psychological sunshine. Circulate in new groups. Discover new and stimulating things to do.
6.Throw thought-poison out of your environment. Avoid gossip. Talk about people but stay on the positive side.
.Go first class in everything you do. You can't afford to go any other way.

Page 132-133
When our attitude is right, our abilities reach a maximum of effectiveness and good results inevitably follow.

Page 150 Three things to do to activate yourself are: A. Dig into it deeper. When you find yourself disinterested in something, dig in and learn more about it. This sets off enthusiasm. B. Life up everything about you: your smile, your handshake, your talk, even your walk. Act alive. C. Broadcast good news. No one ever accomplished anything positive telling bad news.

Chapter 9 Page: 153
1. Learn to remember names. Inefficiency at this point may indicate that your interest is not sufficiently outgoing.
2. Be a comfortable person so there is no strain in being with you. Be an old-shoe, old hat kind of individual.
3. Acquire the quality of relaxed easy-going so that things do not ruffle you.
4.Don't be egotistical. Guard against the impression that you know it all.
5. Cultivate the quality of being interesting so people will get something of value from their association with you.
6. Study to get the "scratchy" elements out of your personality, even those of which you may be unconscious.
7. Sincerity attempt to heal, on an honest Christian basis, every misunderstanding you have had or now have. Drain off your grievances.
8. Practice liking people until you learn to do so genuinely.
9. Never miss an opportunity to say a word of congratulation upon anyone's achievement, or express sympathy in sorrow or disappointment.
10. Give spiritual strength to people, and they will give genuine affection to you.

Page 164
 In a capsule, put these principles to work
1. Make yourself lighter to lift
2. Take the initiative in building friendships. Introduce yourself to others at every opportunity.
3. Accept human differences and limitations. Don't expect anyone to be perfe ct.
4. Practice conversation generosity
5. Practice courtesy all the time. It makes other people feel better. It makes you feel better too.
6. Don't blame other when you receive setback.

Page 180
Grow the action habit Practice these key points:
1. Be an activationist. Be someone who does things. Be a doer, not a don'ter.
2. Don't wait until conditions are perfect. They never will be. Expect future obstales and difficulties and solve them as they arise.
3. Remember ideas alone won't bring success. Ideas have value only when you act upon them.
4. Use action to cure fear and gain confidence. Do what you fear and fear disappears. Just try and see.
5. Start your mental engine mechanically. Don't wait for the spirit to move you Take action, dig in , and you move the spirit.
6. Think in terms of now. Tomorrow, next week, later and similar words often are synonymous with the failure word never. Be an " I'm starting right now" kind of person.
7. Get down to business-pronto. Don't waste time getting ready to act. Start acting instead.
8. Seize the initiative. Be a crusader. Pick up the ball and run. Be a volunteer. Show that you have the ability and ambition to do.

Page 188-189
Decide right now to salvage something from every set-back. Next time things seem to go wrong on the job or at home, calm down and find out what caused the trouble. This is the way to avoid making the same error twice. Being licked is valuable if we learn from it.

Being self-critical is constructive. It helps us to build the personal strength and efficiency needed for success. Blaming others is destructive. You gain absolutely nothing form "proving" that someone else is wrong.

Page 193
Five guideposts to help us turn defeat into victory are: 1. Study setbacks to pave your way to success. When you lose learn, and then go on to win next time. 2. Have the courage to be your own constructive critic. Seek out your faults and weaknesses and then correct them. This makes you a professional. 3. Stop blaming luck. Research each setback. Find out what went wrong. Remember, blaming luck never got anyone where he wanted to go. 4. Blend persistence with experimentation. Stay with your goal but don't best your head against a stone wall. Try new approaches. Experiment. 5. Remember, there is a good side in every situation. Find it. See the good side and whip discouragement.

Page 197
Use goals to help you grow

First, visualize your future in terms of three departments: work, home, and social. Dividing your life this way keeps you from becoming confused, prevents conflicts, helps you look at the whole picture.

Page 210
 Success building principles to work 1. Get clear fix on where you want to go. Create an image of yourself 10 years from now. 2. Write our your 10 year plan. 3. Surrender yourself to your desires. Set goals to get more energy. Set goals to get things done. Set goals and discover the real enjoyment of living. 4. Let your major goal be your automatic pilot. When you let your goal absorb you, you will find yourself making the right decisions to reach your goal. 5. Achieve your goal one step at a time. 6. Build 30-day goals, Day-by day effort pays off 7. Take detours in stride. A detour simply means another route. It should never mean surrendering the goal. 8. Invest in yourself. Purchase those things that built mental power and efficiency. Invest in education. Invest in idea starter.

Page 229
 The important things is to select a time when your mind is fresh and when you can be free from distractions. You can use this time to do two types of thinking: directed and undirected. To do directed thinking, review the major problem facing you. In solitude your mind will study the problem objectively and lead you to the right answer.

Page: 232
 Think: I can do better. The best is not unattainable. There is room for doing everything better will appear. Thinking "I can do better." switches on your creative power.

Think big enough to see that if you put service first, money takes care of itself.

A wise man will be master of his mind. A fool will be its slave.

Most of us make two basic errors with respect to intelligence We underestimate our own brain power and We overestimate the other fellow's brainpower.

Wise men throughout the ages have said: There is cause for everything. Nothing happens without a cause. (page 44)

What is creative thinking?
1. A low income family devises a plan to send their son to a leading university. That's Creative thinking.
2. A family turns the street's most undesirable lot into the neighborhood beauty spot. That's creative thinking.
3. A minister develops a plan which doubles his Sunday evening attendance. That's creative thinking.
4. Figuring out ways to simplify record-keeping, selling the" impossible" customer, keeping the children occupied constructively making employees really like their work, or preventing a " certain quarrel-all of these are examples of practical, everyday creative thinking.

Factors that develop and strengthen our creative thinking ability

A. Where there is a will, there is a way.
1. Eliminate the word impossible from your thinking and speaking vocabularies.
2. Think of something special you have been wanting to do but felt you couldn't. Now make a list of reasons why you can do it.

"Real Magic" by Dr. Wayne W. Dyer

I really learn a lot from reading this book. I learned how real magic appear when someone practices full spirit of loving kindness and unconditional love and the spiritual qualities. I believe that real magic can happen when one can contributes his/her best efforts for the sake of other beings. The book contains three parts eight chapters. Each chapter gives us information of being spiritual person.
Part One: Creating an Inner Path For Real Magic

Chapter One

A Transcendent View of Magic and Miracles

This chapter mainly discussed on mind, thought and consciousness, which are invisible. I learn from this chapter that purpose of our life should be to serve others, to promote happiness, peace and prosperity and to become totally unconditional loving to all people.

Chapter Two
Becoming a Spiritual Being

The author expressed about power of human mind, we have to train with peace and harmony, we should never intend to harm other instead we have to help other with unconditional love. I really believe that whenever we tend to work with peaceful mind, whenever we talk and deal with others in such situation, it will definitely get positive results.

These days more people are attracted with the material wealth. There is better life than achieving the material life. Real magic only happens when one has eliminated hatred and when one practices forgiveness. We have to meet spiritual teachers for accumulating such wonderful spiritual knowledge. They show us the right path towards peace and happiness.

Chapter Three
Creating A Miracle - Mind-Set

As our case is new, we must think and act a new. - Abraham Lincoln

This chapter guides us to become wise. It explains that Real magic is available only to those who develop all possibilities for benefiting others. In my opinion this chapter explains about miracle making. It explains about universal intelligence, giving to others as a good example rather than receiving from them. I feel it is good to share fourteen keys for creating a miracle mind set.

I really agree that Mediation gives us opportunity to know our invisible self. Mediation time is early in the morning or in the evening.

Followings are some highlights from my reading of the book.
Page (51-52)

When you fight evil by employing the methods of hatred and violence, you are part of the hatred and violence of evil itself, despite the rightness of your position in your own mind. If all the people in the world who are against terrorism and war were to shift their perspective to supporting and working for peace, terrorism and war would be eliminated.

Expenses in war =$25 million every minute on war in the same minute forty children die of starvation.

Real magic occurs our life when we have eliminated the hatred that is in your life, even hatred that you have against hatred.

It would be obvious that you simply cannot manifest miracles in any area of your life when you are tangled up with such negativity as hatred and vengeance toward anyone or anything.
Page: 56

Spiritual being versus Non-spiritual being

1. Utilizes multidimensional thinking. Limited to five senses in beliefs and thoughts
2. Believes loving guidance is available. Believes we are always alone.
3. Focuses on authentic personal empowerment. Focuses on demanding external power.
4. Feels connected to all of humanity. Feels separate from all others.
5. Knows a dimension beyond cause and effect, Believe excessively in cause and effect.
6. Motivated by ethics, serenity and quality of life.
    Motivated by achievement, performance and acquisitions
7. Practices meditation. Rejects meditation
8. Understands intuition as god talking Views intuition (Perception) as unpredictable hunches
9. Knows a violent response to evil as participating in it. Focuses on what he is for.
    Hates evil and fights against it. Focuses on in evil. Focuses on what he is against.
10.Feels a sense of responsibility and in awe of being here. Feels no sense of responsibility or
     belonging to the universe. belonging to the universe.
11. Lives a life of forgiveness. Holds grudges and seeks revenge for perceived wrongdoing.
12. Believes in being able to manifest miracles Believes in limitations. Miracles are unpredictable, lucky occurrences.

Part two
Applying Real Magic Awareness in Your Everyday Life

Chapter Four
Real Magic and Your Relationships

This chapter mainly discussed on our lives dealing with other people in a manner that everybody gets positive thinking to us. It is only possible when we tend to generate inner qualities, ethics and manner within ourselves. Inner quality will lead us to live peacefully and joyfully with others.

Quality of our lives is directly connected to the quality of our relationship. Love is giving and it has nothing to do with what you receive

No one want to be dominated or controlled

Chapter Five Real Magic and Your Prosperity

This chapter also gives us clear guidance about inner picture of life. Most of thing happens to us usually because of our own unawareness. However for such situation we tend to blame others. We have to learn shifting from a life of scarcity to a life of prosperity. We have to develop a new way of imagining what is possible to experience and achieve prosperity in life.

Page: 177
Five aspects of prosperity consciousness

• You donít need anything else to experience prosperity.
• You can't create prosperity if you believe in lacks.
• You are not separated into categories.
• You cannot experience prosperity if you believe that you don't deserve it.Rejoice in the prosperity of others.

Page: 204

Possession of material riches, without inner peace, is like dying of thirst while bathing in a lake. If material poverty is to be avoided, spiritual poverty is to be abhorred! For it is spiritual poverty, not material lack, that lies at the core of all-human suffering. Paramhansa Yogananda

Chapter Six
Real Magic and Your Personal Identity

Some of the aspects I feel interesting to share are:

Page: 225-236
Creating your own magical personality
Six keys for fulfilling mission
Your personality
Your talent
Your intelligence
Your habits and customs
Your aging
Your emotional health

In regard to aging Dr. Deepak Chopra on the subject in his classic work perfect health explains as follows:

Aging seems so complicated that it is difficult even to pin down exactly what it is. A typical liver cell performs five hundred separate functions, which gives it five hundred ways in which it can age. On the other hand, the view that aging is complex may be wrong. Despite the thousand waves that bring it in, the ocean tide is a single phenomenon, driven by a single force. The same may be true of human aging although we see it as hundreds of waves, disconnected aches and pains, new wrinkles around the eyes and deeper smile marks at the corner of the mouth and innumerable other minor inconveniences. (Page:234)

Putting Real Magic into your personality (Page 246-258)

Steps you can implement to manifest your new way of being:

Remove all doubt about what kind of person you can become.Stop using sentences in your material world that reflect what it is that you
do not want to be.

Stay focus on what you are rather than what you are against Remind yourself daily that you are a purposeful being. Totally trust your intuition for a day at a time. Know that there is a secret buried deep within your invisible self.

Inventory the behaviors and characteristics that you exhibited as a child but that are no longer applicable to your adult life.

Create an intention inventory for yourself.

Begin to act in your physical world as if that person whom you would love to be were already here.

Learn to pre-play who it is you want to be in your mind before you put anything into action.

Remind yourself that if you have judged yourself to be lacking in any personality variable, you will continue to manifest that lack as long as you focus on it in your mind.

Seek out no opinions on your own personality.

Develop your own personal excellence program, first in your mind, and then start putting it into practice in your daily life.

Use meditation regularly to create the inner harmony and peace that will allow you to become the personality that best suits your magnificent divine purpose here on this planet at this time.

Use your meditations to see yourself free from the labels that you have placed upon yourself and to become free of the big lies about your inability to change certain things about yourself.

There is no reality except the one contained within us. That is why so many people live such an unreal life. They take the images outside them for reality and never allow the world within to assert itself. Hermann Hesse

Chapter Seven

Real Magic and Your Physical Health
Seven steps to manifesting Real Magic in your physical being
Recognize that there is invisible life force within you.
Know that your thoughts originate with you.
Realize that there are no limits.
Know that your life has a purpose.
Overcome weakness by leaving it behind.
Examine what you believe to be impossible, and then change your beliefs.

Go beyond logic.

This chapter also guides us how to become prosperous, and develop positive attitude.

Part III

Radiating Real Magic to the Magic

Chapter Eight
Real Magic and the Spiritual Revolution

This chapter explains about the potentiality of all of us to make the better
world bringing positive impacts.

-Lesson learned
-Power of thought is enormous.
-We can create thought
-Out of thought comes the entire direction of our lives
-We act on our thoughts.
-We become what we think about all day long.
-In the dimensionless world of thought, everything we think is here.

We have the ability to turn any thought into form with the power of mind. Thought is a formless energy, which comprises our essential humanity.

Our lives are what our thoughts create.

Quality rather than appearance.
Ethics rather than rules.
Knowledge rather than achievement.
Integrity rather than domination.

Dedication, Committed and collective effort even small group can change the world.

The state of life is a reflection of mind.

Cooperation rather than competition is mostly essential.

Pure thought of spiritual being affects the body and phenomenon.

If you do think with good attitude and right way with pure mind each and every problems can be solved rightfully.

The purpose of our life should be serving to others with unconditional love.

Real magic appear as results of our good deeds to others.

The book stressed on spiritual development apart from physical development. I am fully agreed with the idea of the author. My meditation teacher often used to tell us that as we need to take food for making our physical body healthy, similarly we need to make our mind also healthy by giving some spiritual energy to it, eg. right meditation. Once we tend to have sound health of both mind and body, we could be balance in any circumstances whether that is easy or difficult situation. The real magic appears to any efforts contributed with such balance situation of our body and mind.

Main highlights of chapter four

-Develop mutual respect and love for each other
-Spiritual Connection
-The corner of freedom
-Choices of friends

Fourteen keys for Creating for a miracle mind-set
Reserve your judgment and disbelief.
Create real magic zone in your mind.
Affirm yourself as a no limit person.
Develop a new mind-set toward the concept of intuition.
Discover the secret that sits in the center and knows.
Learn to learn through knowing and trusting rather than doubting and fearing.
Affirm that your intention creates your reality.
Experience surrender and Satori.
Learn to act as if the life you visualize were already here.
Live according to your spiritual self first and your physical self second.
Study the paradox.
Ask nothing of anyone and practice unconditional acceptance.
Begin to develop authentic power for yourself.
Practice daily meditation.
Suggestion for implementing this mind-set

1.1. Practice inner affirmations giving yourself permission to adopt new
ideas

1.2. Keep one little corner of your mind to miracle making. Affirm to yourself out loud each day that you are a spiritual being having a human experience, and that in this spiritual realm there are no limitations. Make a list of those self-perceived limits that you have convinced yourself are true for you.

4.1. Practice listening to and following your intuition once a day.  Remind yourself that the world of form surrounds invisible emptiness.  For a few moments, in your encounter with strangers today, shift to knowing and trusting as your way of interacting. Rather than simply laying out goals or wishes for how you want your life to go, try shifting to the active language of intention.

8.1. Think of the habit that have long plagued you.9.1. If you want to achieve something that has always eluded you, for this day act as if it were already here.10.1. Rearrange your priority for a day.

11.1.Create an inventory of those things that you continue to pursue but truly do not want in your life.

12.1. Give yourself a day to ask nothing of anyone.

13.1. Detach yourself for a brief period from the behavior of controlling others through your size, authority position, physical prowess, physical appearance, age, wealth or anything external to yourself.

Some lessons learned from the chapter
Create a real- magic zone by listening carefully to your body and all that it is telling you.
Affirm yourself as a no limit person by practicing new areas of activity.
Trust those inner hunches and intuitions concerning your physical body.
Begin to trust the secret that sits in the center and knows.
Substitute knowing and trusting for doubting and fearing.
Affirm that your intention to make yourself healthy creates your reality.
Experience satori in your body.
Behave in your body as if it were already what you want it to be.
Remind yourself that your spiritual self has primary importance.
Remember each day that you can never get enough of what you don't want.
Ask nothing of anyone in terms of helping you to get better.
Begin to develop authentic power, which is not located in the physical body.
Meditate daily.

"Real Magic" by Dr. Wayne W. Dyer

I really learn a lot from reading this book. I learned how real magic appear when someone practices full spirit of loving kindness and unconditional love and the spiritual qualities. I believe that real magic can happen when one can contributes his/her best efforts for the sake of other beings. The book contains three parts eight chapters. Each chapter gives us information of being spiritual person.

Part One: Creating an Inner Path For Real Magic
Chapter One
A Transcendent View of Magic and Miracles
This chapter mainly discussed on mind, thought and consciousness, which are invisible. I learn from this chapter that purpose of our life should be to serve others, to promote happiness, peace and prosperity and to become totally unconditional loving to all people.
Chapter Two
Becoming a Spiritual Being
The author expressed about power of human mind, we have to train with peace and harmony, we should never intend to harm other instead we have to help other with unconditional love. I really believe that whenever we tend to work with peaceful mind, whenever we talk and deal with others in such situation, it will definitely get positive results.

These days more people are attracted with the material wealth. There is better life than achieving the material life. Real magic only happens when one has eliminated hatred and when one practices forgiveness. We have to meet spiritual teachers for accumulating such wonderful spiritual knowledge. They show us the right path towards peace and happiness.

Chapter Three
Creating A Miracle - Mind-Set
As our case is new, we must think and act a new. - Abraham Lincon
This chapter guides us to become wise. It explains that Real magic is available only to those who develop all possibilities for benefiting others. In my opinion this chapter explains about miracle making. It explains about universal intelligence, giving to others as a good example rather than receiving from them. I feel it is good to share fourteen keys for creating a miracle mind set.

I really agree that Mediation gives us opportunity to know our invisible self. Mediation time is early in the morning or in the evening.

Followings are some highlights from my reading of the book.
Page (51-52)
When you fight evil by employing the methods of hatred and violence, you are part of the hatred and violence of evil itself, despite the rightness of your position in your own mind. If all the people in the world who are against terrorism and war were to shift their perspective to supporting and working for peace, terrorism and war would be eliminated. Expenses in war =$25 million every minute on war in the same minute forty children die of starvation. Real magic occurs our life when we have eliminated the hatred that is in your life, even hatred that you have against hatred. It would be obvious that you simply cannot manifest miracles in any area of your life when you are tangled up with such negativity as hatred and vengeance toward anyone or anything.

Page: 56
Spiritual being versus Non-spiritual being
1. Utilizes multidimensional thinking. Limited to five senses in beliefs and thoughts
2. Believes loving guidance is available Believes we are always alone.
3. Focuses on authentic personal empowerment.Focuses on demanding external power.
4. Feels connected to all of humanity. Feels separate from all others.
5. Knows a dimension beyond cause and effect Believe excessively in cause and effect.
6. Motivated by ethics, serenity and quality of life.Motivated by achievement, performance and acquisitions
7. Practices meditation
Rejects meditation
8. Understands intuition as god talking Views intuition (Perception) as unpredictable hunches
9. Knows a violent response to evil as participating in it. Focuses on what he is for.
Hates evil and fights against it. Focuses on in evil. Focuses on what he is against.
10. Feels a sense of responsibility and in awe of being here. Feels no sense of responsibility or belonging to the universe. belonging to the universe.

11. Lives a life of forgiveness. Holds grudges and seeks revenge for perceived wrongdoing.
12. Believes in being able to manifest miracles Believes in limitations. Miracles are unpredictable, lucky
occurrences.

Part two
Applying Real Magic Awareness in Your Everyday Life
Chapter Four
Real Magic and Your Relationships
This chapter mainly discussed on our lives dealing with other people in a manner that everybody gets positive thinking to us. It is only possible when we tend to generate inner qualities, ethics and manner within ourselves. Inner quality will lead us to live peacefully and joyfully with others. Quality of our lives is directly connected to the quality of our relationship. Love is giving and it has nothing to do with what you receive

No one want to be dominated or controlled

Chapter Five
Real Magic and Your Prosperity
This chapter also gives us clear guidance about inner picture of life. Most
of thing happens to us usually because of our own unawareness. However for such
situation we tend to blame others. We have to learn shifting from a life of
scarcity to a life of prosperity. We have to develop a new way of imagining
what is possible to experience and achieve prosperity in life.

Page: 177
Five aspects of prosperity consciousness
You donít need anything else to experience prosperity.
You can't create prosperity if you believe in lacks.
You are not separated into categories.
You cannot experience prosperity if you believe that you don't deserve it.
Rejoice in the prosperity of others.

Page: 204
Possession of material riches, without inner peace, is like dying of thirst while bathing in a lake. If material poverty is to be avoided, spiritual poverty is to be abhorred! For it is spiritual poverty, not material lack, that lies at the core of all-human suffering. Paramhansa Yogananda

Chapter Six
Real Magic and Your Personal Identity
Some of the aspects I feel interesting to share are:
Page: 225-236
Creating your own magical personality
Six keys for fulfilling mission
Your personality
Your talent
Your intelligence
Your habits and customs
Your aging
Your emotional health

In regard to aging Dr. Deepak Chopra on the subject in his classic work perfect health explains as follows: Aging seems so complicated that it is difficult even to pin down exactly what it is. A typical liver cell performs five hundred separate functions, which gives it five hundred ways in which it can age. On the other hand, the view that aging is complex may be wrong. Despite the thousand waves that bring it in, the ocean tide is a single phenomenon, driven by a single force. The same may be true of human aging although we see it as hundreds of waves, disconnected aches and pains, new wrinkles around the eyes and deeper smile marks at the corner of the mouth and innumerable other minor inconveniences. (Page:234) Putting Real Magic into your personality (Page 246-258) Steps you can implement to manifest your new way of being: Remove all doubt about what kind of person you can become.  Stop using sentences in your material world that reflect what it is that you do not want to be.

Stay focus on what you are rather than what you are against Remind yourself daily that you are a purposeful being. Totally trust your intuition for a day at a time. Know that there is a secret buried deep within your invisible self. Inventory the behaviors and characteristics that you exhibited as a child but that are no longer applicable to your adult life. Create an intention inventory for yourself. Begin to act in your physical world as if that person whom you would love to be were already here. Learn to pre-play who it is you want to be in your mind before you put anything into action. Remind yourself that if you have judged yourself to be lacking in any personality variable, you will continue to manifest that lack as long as you focus on it in your mind.
Seek out no opinions on your own personality. Develop your own personal excellence program, first in your mind, and then start putting it into practice in your daily life. Use meditation regularly to create the inner harmony and peace that will allow you to become the personality that best suits your magnificent divine purpose here on this planet at this time. Use your meditations to see yourself free from the labels that you have placed upon yourself and to become free of the big lies about your inability to change certain things about yourself. There is no reality except the one contained within us. That is why so many people live such an unreal life. They take the images outside them for reality and never allow the world within to assert itself. Hermann Hesse

Chapter Seven
Real Magic and Your Physical Health
Seven steps to manifesting Real Magic in your physical being
Recognize that there is invisible life force within you.
Know that your thoughts originate with you.

Realize that there are no limits.
Know that your life has a purpose.
Overcome weakness by leaving it behind.
Examine what you believe to be impossible, and then change your beliefs.
Go beyond logic.
This chapter also guides us how to become prosperous, and develop positive
attitude.

Part III
Radiating Real Magic to the Magic
Chapter Eight
Real Magic and the Spiritual Revolution
This chapter explains about the potentiality of all of us to make the better
world bringing positive impacts.
-Lesson learned
-Power of thought is enormous.
-We can create thought
-Out of thought comes the entire direction of our lives
-We act on our thoughts.
-We become what we think about all day long.
-In the dimensionless world of thought, everything we think is here.

We have the ability to turn any thought into form with the power of mind. Thought is a formless energy, which comprises our essential humanity. Our lives are what our thoughts create.
Quality rather than appearance. Ethics rather than rules.Knowledge rather than achievement.
Integrity rather than domination.

Dedication, Committed and collective effort even small group can change the world.
The state of life is a reflection of mind.

Cooperation rather than competition is mostly essential. Pure thought of spiritual being affects the body and phenomenon. If you do think with good attitude and right way with pure mind each and every problems can be solved rightfully. The purpose of our life should be serving to others with unconditional love. Real magic appear as results of our good deeds to others.

The book stressed on spiritual development apart from physical development. I am fully agreed with the idea of the author. My meditation teacher often used to tell us that as we need to take food for making our physical body healthy, similarly we need to make our mind also healthy by giving some spiritual energy to it, eg. right meditation. Once we tend to have sound health of both mind and body, we could be balance in any circumstances whether that is easy or difficult situation. The real magic appears to any efforts contributed with such balance situation of our body and mind.

Main highlights of chapter four
-Develop mutual respect and love for each other
-Spiritual Connection
-The corner of freedom
-Choices of friends
Fourteen keys for Creating for a miracle mind-set
Reserve your judgment and disbelief.
Create real magic zone in your mind.
Affirm yourself as a no limit person.
Develop a new mind-set toward the concept of intuition.
Discover the secret that sits in the center and knows.
Learn to learn through knowing and trusting rather than doubting and fearing.
Affirm that your intention creates your reality.
Experience surrender and Satori.
Learn to act as if the life you visualize were already here.
Live according to your spiritual self first and your physical self second.
Study the paradox.
Ask nothing of anyone and practice unconditional acceptance.
Begin to develop authentic power for yourself.
Practice daily meditation.

Suggestion for implementing this mind-set
1.1. Practice inner affirmations giving yourself permission to adopt new ideas
1.2. Keep one little corner of your mind to miracle making. Affirm to yourself out loud each day that you are a spiritual being having a human experience, and that in this spiritual realm there are no limitations. Make a list of those self-perceived limits that you have convinced yourself are true for you.
4.1. Practice listening to and following your intuition once a day. Remind yourself that the world of form surrounds invisible emptiness. For a few moments, in your encounter with strangers today, shift to knowing and trusting as your way of interacting. Rather than simply laying out goals or wishes for how you want your life to go, try shifting to the active language of intention.
8.1. Think of the habit that have long plagued you.
9.1. If you want to achieve something that has always eluded you, for this
day act as if it were already here.
10.1. Rearrange your priority for a day.
11.1.Create an inventory of those things that you continue to pursue but
truly do not want in your life.
12.1. Give yourself a day to ask nothing of anyone.
13.1. Detach yourself for a brief period from the behavior of controlling others through your size, authority position, physical prowess, physical appearance, age, wealth or anything external to yourself.

Some lessons learned from the chapter
Create a real- magic zone by listening carefully to your body and all that it
is telling you.
Affirm yourself as a no limit person by practicing new areas of activity.
Trust those inner hunches and intuitions concerning your physical body.
Begin to trust the secret that sits in the center and knows.
Substitute knowing and trusting for doubting and fearing.
Affirm that your intention to make yourself healthy creates your reality.
Experience satori in your body.
Behave in your body as if it were already what you want it to be.
Remind yourself that your spiritual self has primary importance.
Remember each day that you can never get enough of what you don't want.
Ask nothing of anyone in terms of helping you to get better.
Begin to develop authentic power, which is not located in the physical body.
Meditate daily.

Success Through Positive Mental Attitude
by Napoleon Hill

I feel really worthwhile to get an opportunity to read this book. This book is divided into five parts with twenty-two chapters. The principle of success of daily application is well mentioned in this book. The authors highly expressed on Positive Mental Attitude (PMA). Positive Mental Attitude (PMA) is very important for succeeding every effort of our lives.

The author said that what the mind could conceive and believe, it could achieve. It is very interesting to learn that this book helped millions of people transform their lives into the right manner. The author himself is an example of testing such idea in his practical life, which really changes his life from a log cabin to wealth and influence as the author of phenomenal bestsellers and an advisor to heads of state.

I believe with the idea of OG Mandino that if we really want to change life for the better, success through Positive Mental Attitude can be the luckiest thing that has ever happened to us. We should read and study this book again and again. Then get into action. It's all very simple, really if we make up our mind to work at it. And wonderful things will begin happening to us.

Yes! Positive Mental Attitude tells us specifically how to use the most magnificent machine ever conceived. This machine is our brain and nervous system- a human computer from which the electronic computer was designed, as to function, but which it can never equal.

I am so inspired to know that a lot of great scholar, scientists and even presidents of USA were in touch with the author, Napoleon Hill. They were very impressed with the book and the idea of the author.
It really helps me a lot to gain practical knowledge, which really support me for improving my personal career. The author incorporate every practical aspects which are very much crucial for all of us for happiness, good health and prosperity.

It is very interesting and encouraging to read expressions of different readers about the great value of this book for succeeding and improving our lives. I feel so happy that many people get direct benefit for improving and succeeding their lives reading this book seriously. It is the book from which we could know many successful persons who applied Positive Mental Attitude in their own lives.

Here are some lessons I learned from reading this book from chapter one to twenty two:

Chapter One:
Meet the Most Important Living Person

I am so impressed to read success story of a poor guy who became reputed businessman due to his dedication, hard work and commitment. He is not rather than S.B Fuller. He became owner of many companies. He was so inspired by his mother and three inspirational books, i. The Bible ii. Think and grow rich and iii. The secrets of the ages.

It is also so unbelievable to read about Tom Dempsey who was a disable person. He didn't have one leg. However; due to his strong determination and hard work he became United States best football champion.

Meet the most important living person! That person is you. Your success, health, happiness, wealth depend on how you use your invisible talisman. How will you use it? The choice is yours. (Page: 15)

Your mind is your invisible talisman. The letters PMA (positive mental attitude) are emblazoned on one side, and NMA (negative mental attitude) on the other. These are powerful forces. PMA is the right mental attitude for each specific occasion. It has the power to attract the good and the beautiful. (Page: 15)

(Page: 17)
Every adversity has the seed of an equivalent or greater benefit.
Greatness comes to those who develop a burning desire to achieve high goals. Success is achieved and maintained by those who try and keep on trying with PMA.

Chapter Two:
You can change Your Mind

17 success principles:
1. A positive mental attitude
2. Definiteness of purpose
3. Going the extra mile
4. Accurate thinking
5. Self-discipline
6. The mastermind
7. Applied faith
8. A pleasing personality
9. Personal initiative
10. Enthusiasm
11. Controlled attention
12. Teamwork
13. Learning from defeat
14. Creative vision
15. Budgeting time and money
16. Maintaining sound physical mental health
17. Using cosmic habit force (universal law) (page 19)

Thought to steer by (page 32-33)

You can change your world! To achieve anything worldwide in life it is necessary to set high goals for yourself and want to achieve them. Have you thought about the high goals you would like to achieve?
Imprint the 17 success principles indelibly in your memory. Have you memorized them?

Do you tend to "blame the world"? If you do, memorize the self-motivator: If the man is right his world will be right. Is your immediate world right?

You were born to be a champion. For all practical purposes, you have inherited from the vast reservoir of the past all the potential abilities and powers you need to achieve your objectives.

Identify yourself with a successful image, as irving Ben cooper did.
Ask yourself an important question: what will your pictures say to you? Listen for the answer.

Definiteness of purpose with PMA is the starting point of all worthwhile achievement. Have you selected some definite, specific, desirable goal? Will you keep it in mind daily?

When you determine your definite aims, there is a tendency for several additional success principles to begin to operate automatically to help you achieve them.

Everyone has many talents for surmounting his special problems. What special talents do you think you have that you can develop?
Here is a formula that has helped many to change their world: What the mind of man can conceive and believe the mind of man can achieve with PMA. Have memorized this formula?

A positive mental attitude and definiteness of purpose is the starting point toward all worthwhile achievement.

Chapter three:
Clear the cobwebs From Your Thinking

(Page: 47-49)

You are what you think. Your thoughts are evaluated by whether your attitude is positive or negative. Take a look at yourself. Are you
1.a good person?
2. Evil?
3.Healthy?
4. Psychosomatically ill?
5.Wealthy?
6. Poor?
If you are, then 1. You have good thoughts 2. Your thoughts are evil 3. Your thoughts are of good health 4. Your thinking makes you so 5. Your thoughts are of riches. Your thoughts are of poverty.
Negative: Feelings, emotions, passions-prejudices, beliefs and habits: You clear these mental cobwebs by turning your talisman from Negative Mental Attitude to Positive Mental Attitude.
You can clear the mental cobwebs of negative passions, emotions, feelings, tendencies, prejudices, beliefs and habits by flipping your invisible talisman from NMA to PMA. You will learn how as you respond to what you read in success through a positive mental attitude.

When you are faced with a problem that involves a misunderstanding with other persons, you must first start with yourself.

Let's start a meeting of the minds, when Dr. Fosdick brought about a meeting of the minds, the young man himself concluded that he was not an atheist, he did believe in God.

Such all-inclusive, restrictive words as: always-only never-nothing-every-everyone-on one-can't impossible should be eliminated as premises in reasoning until you are certain that they are correct.

Necessity is the word. Does necessity motivate you to high achievement though your personal honesty and integrity or does necessity motivate you to try to get results through deception or dishonesty?

A teen-age problem child: you may know one but don't give up hope. He may not become a saint. But someday he may make his world and your world a better world to live in.

Learn to separate "facts" form fiction. Then learn the difference between important facts and unimportant facts.

Direct your thoughts with PMA to control your emotions and to ordain your destiny.

Albert Einstein developed intricate and profound theories regarding the universe and the natural laws that control it. Yet he used only the simplest, but most important, of instruments ever invented: a pencil and a piece of paper. He wrote down his questions and answers. You will develop your mental powers when you learn and develop the habit of asking yourself questions-when you learn and develop the habit of using pencil and paper to write down your questions, ideas, and answers. It is unlikely that Einstein and other scientists would have come to their successful conclusions unless they had have come to their successful conclusions unless they had learned from the recorded knowledge of mathematicians and scientists who preceded them. It is also unlikely that Einstein would have tried unless he had been motivated to search for universal principles after having developed the habit of engaging in thinking time and action. (Page 69)

Use the success principle of controlled attention.
Donít be afraid to be a failure like Christopher Columbus (page 76)

Chapter Six:
You have got a problem!

When you are faced with a problem that needs a solution, regardless of how perplexing it may be:

Ask for divine guidance. Ask for help in finding the right solution.
Engage in thinking time for the purpose of solving your problems. Remember that every adversity has the seed of an equivalent of greater benefit for those who have PMA.

State the problem. Analyze and define it. State to yourself enthusiastically: "Thatís good." Ask yourself some specific questions, such as: Whatís good about it? How can I turn this adversity into a seed of equivalent or greater benefit; or how can I turn this liability into a greater asset? Keep searching for answers to these questions until you find at least one answer that can work.

It is inspirable to read story of Charlie Ward who changed his NMA to PMA and became president of Brown and Bigelow Company of USA. He was very poor guy and spent time with some wrong companions and had been to prison for sometime. He changed himself from Negative Attitude to Positive in prison and became a successful person. He learned art of receiving peace of mind, happiness, love and better thing in life. (Page 83-85)

Seven Virtues

Prudence:
the ability to govern and discipline oneís self by the exercise of reason.

Fortitude:
strength of mind that enables a person to encounter danger or best pain or adversity with courage. It is the possession of the stamina essential to face, which repels or frightens one, or to put up with the hardships of a task imposed. It implies triumph. Synonyms are grit, backbone, pluck guts.

Temperance:
habitual moderation in the indulgence of the appetites and passions.
Justice: the principle of ideal of just dealing or right action; also conformity to this principle or ideal;

Integrity.

Faith:
trust in god.

Hope:
the desire with expectation of obtaining what is desired, or belief
that it is obtainable.

Charity:
It stresses benevolence and goodwill in giving and in the broad understanding of others with kindly tolerance. (Page 86-87)

Chapter seven:
Learn to see

It is interesting to know about two men (Mr. A.E. Cumley and Mr. L. I. Thompson) who became multimillionaires because of using their mind to see minerals of the mountain. The mountain was discovered with full of minds like beryllium. (Page: 98)

It is inspirable to read about the experiences of inventors like Thomas Alva Edison who change his behavior from NMA to PMA and became known world as a new inventor.

Mikimoto became a successful industrialist of pearl from noodle-maker by applying 17 successful principles into action in his life.

Learn to see! seeing is a learned process. Nine-tenths of seeing takes place in the brain.

Four fingers instead of five: this was the symbol whereby George Compbell, the blind boy, could catch and hold a full and happy life. Seeing is learned through association. George Campbell's first sight of his mother became meaningful to him only when he recognized her voice.

Take a look- a good look-and recognize what is in your own backyard!
Don't be nearsighted-look to the future. Cypress Gardens became a
reality because Richard Pope saw it as definite future objective.
Learn from nature. How? Ask yourself some questions, as Isaac Newton did. If you don't know the answers, get expert advise.
Convert what you see into reality by action. Mikimoto converted a
theory into a fortune in pearls. Goldstone recognized, related and applied the principles and methods used in hospitals to save human lives as being applicable to saving the lives of oysters introducing cultured pearls.

Chapter Eight
Open your mind and learn to see.

It is about Kenneth Erwin Harmon who was a civilian employee for the Navy at Manila when the Japanese landed there. He was captured and prison. Kenneth was so inspired by the book title 'Think and Grow Rich' which one of his roommate was reading. He changed his attitude and became a very successful person. (Page 110)

Page 117
It is better for people to do something and pay nothing, than to pay dues and do nothing.

Too often what we read and profess becomes a part of our libraries and our vocabularies, instead becoming a part of our lives. Stop and think about this. You have knowledge of principles that could help you achieve any worthwhile goal in life you might desire-but do you make these principles a part of your life.

Sow an action and you reap a habit; sow a habit and you reap a character; sow a character and you reap a destiny. What habits of thought or action in any human activity, would you like to acquire? What habits would you like to eliminate? You should know how to acquire desirable habits and eliminate the undesirable if you have learned how to recognize principles revealed to you in this book and apply them.

The burden of learning is upon the person who wants to learn. If you want to learn how you can achieve anything in life that doesn't violate the laws of God or the rights of your fellow men, now is the time to begin to study and learn the concepts that can teach you how to achieve your goals. Study and apply the principles contained in success through a positive mental attitude. Donít only read what is written.

Chapter Nine
How to motivate yourself

Motivation is that which induces action or determines choice. It is that which provides a motive. A motive is the inner urge only within the individual, which incites him to action, such as instinct, passion, emotion, habit, mood, impulse, desire or idea.

Franklin pointed out self-motivation or self-suggestion for how to be successful from failure through reading book from Frank Bettger on 'How I raised my self from failure to success in selling?' They are:

1. Temperance:
Eat not to dullness, drink not to elevation.

2. Silence:
Speak not but what may benefit others or yourself; avoid trifling conversation.

3. Order:
Let all things have their places; let each part of your business have its time.

4. Resolution:
Resolve to perform what you ought; perform without fail what you resolve.

5. Frugality:
Make no expense but to do well to others or yourself, that is, waste nothing.

6. Industry:
Lose no time; be always employed in something useful; cut off all unnecessary actions.

7. Sincerity:
Use no hurtful deceit, think innocently and justly, and if you speak, speak accordingly.

8. Justice:
Wrong none by doing injuries, or omitting the benefits that are your duty.

9. Moderation:
Avoid extremes, forbear resenting injuries so much as you think they deserve.

10. Cleanliness:
Tolerate no uncleanliness in body, clothes, or habitation.

11. Tranquility:
Be not disturbed at trifles, or at accidents, common or unavoidable.

12. Chastity:
Rarely use venery but for health or offspring, never to dullness weakness, or the injury of your own or anotherís peace or reputation.

13. Humility:
Imitate Jesus and Socrates

It is inspiring for me to read story of Mr. Alfred C. Fuller who was born in the poor family. He lost his job three times. He was so successful doing job of a salesman because he did it naturally. He set up the Fuller Brush Company in the USA, which has thousands of door-to-door salesman and millions of dollars in annual income. (Page:127)

Hope is the magic ingredients in motivation yourself and others. Negative emotions, feelings, thoughts and attitudes are good at the proper time and under the right circumstances.

Motivate yourself as Benjamin Franklin motivated himself. Develop your own chart. Do it now! If you have difficulty listing 13 virtues you would like to acquire or goals you would like to reach, you can start with one and hen add to your list as you realize what virtues or goals you desire. Like Benjamin Franklin, have a self-motivator for each. Important: Inspect your progress daily. (It is the authorís suggestion.)

Capt. Eddie Rickenbacker had developed a strong faith that came to his rescue in time of need. The airplane he was flying fell into the Pacific. He was saved on 21st day. How can you strengthen your faith to help you at the time of your greatest need? (Page-127)

Are you prepared so that you can and will apply your faith at the time of your greatest need

Chapter Ten
How to motivate others

It is interesting to read about a boy motivating his father and a stepmother motivating the author Nepolean Hill to develop PMA. (Page131)

We can motivate others by having faith in them.

Do the following to speak enthusiastically:

Talk loudly! This is particularly necessary if you are emotionally upset, if you are shaking inside when you stand before an audience, if you have butterflies in your stomach.

Talk rapidly! Your mind junctions more quickly when you do. Yu can read two books with greater understanding in the time you now read one if you concentrate and read with rapidly.

Emphasize! Emphasize important words, words that are important to you or your listening audience- a word like you, for example.

Hesitate! When you talk rapidly, hesitate where there would be a period,
comma, or other punctuation in the written word. Thus you employ the dramatic effect of silence. The mind of the person who is listening catches up with the thoughts you have expressed. Hesitation after a word, which you wish to emphasize, accentuates the emphasis.

Keep a smile in your voice!

Modulate! This is important if you are speaking for a long period.When the butterflies stop flying around in your stomach, you can then speak in an enthusiastic conversational tone of voice.

Throughout life you play dual parts in which you motivate others and they motivate you. Learn and apply the art of motivation with PMA. Motivate others to have confidence in themselves by shown them that you have faith in them and faith in yourself.

A letter can change a life for the better. Start the habit of motivating your loved ones by writing letters containing wholesome, good suggestions.

Motivate others by example.
When you want to motivate, say it with an inspirational, self-help action book.
If you know what motivates a person- you can motivate him if you learn the art of motivation with PMA. Motivate others by suggestion. Motivate yourself by self-suggestion.

While your emotions are not always subject to reason, nonetheless they are subject to action. If there is an instance you recall in which you might experience the emotion of fear, what action do you think you could take to neutralize it?

To become enthusiastic, act enthusiastically! To speak enthusiastically and overcome timidity and fear: 1. talk loudly; b. talk rapidly; c. emphasize important words; d. hesitate where there is a period, comma or other punctuation in the written word; e. keep a smile in your voice so that it isnít gruff and f. use modulation.

Start the first of your 17 PMA success cards. Do it now!

Anything in life worth working for is worth praying for!

Chapter Eleven:
Is there a short cut to Riches

17 principles of positive mental attitude
Think with positive mental attitude and grow rich

Chapter Twelve:
Attract -Do not Repel Wealth

Page: 151-152
If you invest only one per cent of your time in a study, thinking, and planning session it will make and amazing difference in the speed with which you reach your goals.

Your day has 1440 minutes in it. Invest one percent of that time in a study, thinking and planning session. And you will be astounded at what those fourteen minutes do for you.

Learn how to set your goals. There are four important things to keep in mind.
i. Write down your goal ii. Give yourself a deadline iii. Set your standards high
iv. Aim high

Page 160-161

If you know your specific destination you apply it when you are not in difficulty, as well as at the time of your greatest need. The test of your faith is whether you apply it when you are not in difficulty, as well as at the time of your greatest need.

The Richest Man in Babylon: This book gives you a proven formula of success:
Just save one dime out of every dollar you earn. Each six months invest your savings, and the interest or dividend returns from these savings and investments.

Before you invest, seek expert, advise on safe investments. If you need the money you are saving for living expenses or necessities, then work an extra (or more) so that you have no excuse for not saving 10 percent of your earnings.†

Chapter thirteen:
If you don't have Money use OPM

Business is quite simple. It is other people's money (OPM) (Page: 164)
Charlie Sammons who, with bank credit, developed a forty million dollar business in ten years. Because he used OPM in his investments, he is able to invest and own controlling investments in hotels, office buildings, manufacturing plants and other enterprises.

The basic unwritten premise in "Use OPM" is: operate on the highest ethical standards of integrity, honor, honesty, loyalty, consent, and the golden rule.
The dishonest man is not entitled to credit.

Where there is nothing to lose by trying, and a great deal to gain if successful, by all means try!

When you want to make a deal with someone, develop a plan that will give him what he wants and in doing so get what you want. A good deal is mutually advantageous.

Credit used indiscriminately can hurt you. Abuse of credit is the cause of much frustration, misery and dishonesty.

To unlock the combination to success, you must know all the necessary numbers. Just one missing number may keep you from achieving your goal.

Lean about cycles in order to know when to expand, and when to make and pay off loans.

Chapter Fourteen:
How to Find Satisfaction in Your Job

You are more apt to find satisfaction in your job if you do "what comes naturally"- that for which you have a natural aptitude or liking. When you take a job that doesn't "come naturally"- you may experience mental and emotional conflicts and frustrations. You can however, neutralize and eventually overcome such conflicts and frustrations- if you use PMA, and if you are motivated to gain experience to become proficient in the job.

Jerry Assam is a person who is satisfied with his job. Jerry reads inspirational books and learned three very important lessons: You can control your mental attitude by the use of self-motivators. If you set a goal, you are more apt to recognize things that will help you achieve it than if you don't set a goal. And the higher you set your goal the greater will your achievement if you have PMA.

To succeed in anything, it is necessary to know the rules and understand how to apply them. It is necessary to engage in constructive thinking, study, learning and planning time with regularity.

Chapter Fifteen:
Your Magnificent Obsession

I learned from this chapter that when we give unconditional respect to elders and the others. We definitely feel peace and harmony. We could see in this chapter experience of Mr. Benedum who courteously gave his seat on a train to an elderly stranger. The elderly stranger is not other than John Worthington who was superintendent of the South Penn Oil Company who offered a job to Benedum in their short conversation. Benedum accepted the job and eventually became the discoverer of more oil than any other single individual who ever lived.

I am fully agreed with the idea of this chapter that to develop a magnificent obsession: Share your self with others without expecting a reward, payment or commendation. Keep your good turns a secret.

Character is the cornerstone in building and maintaining success. But how can you improve your own character? Success through a PMA will help you find the right answers.

A burning desire can generate the drive to action that is imperative to great achievement. To develop a burning desire to achieve a specific goal, daily keep the goal before you. And strive to achieve it.
Some People say money is the root of all evils. But the Bible says: Love of money is the root of all evils. The good or evil of money is contingent on a little difference. That little difference is whether your attitude is positive or negative. Men like Andrew Carnegie, Henry Ford, Michael Benedum use the power of their money to establish Charitable, educational, and religious Foundations. This good that has been done by the Magnificent Obsessions of such men will live in Perpetuity!

Chapter Sixteen:
How to Raise Your Energy Level

Fear for example, is good under certain circumstances. If it were not for fear or water, many children would drown. However; it is entirely possible that you are wasting your mental and spiritual energy in this or other misdirected emotions. If so, you can throw a switch to direct the energy into useful channels. How? By keeping your mind on the things you do want and off the things you don't want. Your emotions are immediately subject to action. Get into action. Substitute a positive feeling for the negative one.

To be energetic, act energetically!

Chapter Seventeen:
You Can Enjoy Good Health and live Longer

You can have more perfect health. A positive mental attitude affects your health. It attracts good health to you. A negative mental attitude attracts ill health.

Good thoughts, positive and cheerful thoughts will improve the way you feel. What affect your mind also affects your body. Positive mental employed has the potential to save lives of many. How a father saved the life of his infant son by going into action with a PMA is one of the practical examples. A sound mind and sound body are attainable if you will put PMA to work for you. Remember you can enjoy good health and live longer with PMA. (Page 232-233)

Chapter Eighteen:
Can You Attract Happiness

Everybody wants to be happy. Handicaps are no barrier to happiness. Happiness begins at home. Members of your family are people. Motivate them to be happy just like a good salesman motivates his prospects to buy.

Page: 246
Abraham Lincoln said: "It has been my observation that people are just about as happy as they make up their minds to be."" Will you make up your mind to be happy? If not, will you make up your mind not to be unhappy?

If you search for happiness, you will find it elusive. But if you try to bring happiness to someone else, it will return to you many times over. If you share happiness, and all that is good and desirable, you will attract happiness, and the good and desirable. If you share misery and unhappiness, you will attract misery and unhappiness to yourself.

When two forceful personalities are opposed and it is desirable that they live together in harmony, at least one must use the power of PMA. Be sensitive to your own reactions and to the reactions of others. To be happy make others happy.

Chapter Nineteen:
Get rid that Guilt Feeling

A guilt feeling can teach us consideration for others. If you have guild feeling, that's good but get rid of that guilt feeling.
To get rid of that guilt feeling, make amends.
To get rid of that guilt feeling, get into action.

Success through a Positive Mental Attitude urges you to use the powers of your conscious and subconscious mind to (1) Seek the truth, (2) Motivate you to take constructive action, (3) Cause you to strive to achieve the highest ideals you can conceive, consistent with good physical and mental health, (4) Live intelligently in your society, (5) Help you abstain from that with will cause unnecessary injury, (6) Start you from where you are and get you to where you want to be regardless of what you are or what you have been.

A recommended formula to help you get rid of guilt is:
* Listen to advise, a lecture, sermon and relate and assimilate the principles.
* Count your blessings and thank god for them
*Then become truly sorry for your wrongdoings. True sorrow necessarily incorporates a sincere decision to stop the wrongdoing.

Take the first step forward: Acknowledge your guilt and your intention to make amends. Make amends insofar as you are able. Memorize, understand and try to apply the Golden Rule in your dealings with others. Feeling of guilt with positive mental attitude is good.

The burden is upon you to find what is right or wrong, and to know what is good or evil under a given circumstance at a given time. One of the best ways to learn is to expose you with regularity to a religious environment, and to seek divine guidance daily.

We can eliminate our real limitations when we learn and employ the art of motivation with PMA.

Chapter Twenty:
Now it is time to test your own success quotient

This chaptershows us path to go ahead for achieving our goal of life.

I fully agree with the author that we have to review the success quotient analysis frequently until you can truthfully state to yourself: I can now make the right answer to each question. Each of the questions will direct your mind in a specific channel whereby you can easily determine when you can and should do.
There is a value in solving problems or developing desirable habits by asking you the proper questions. Write them down, and then in your thinking time, strive to find the proper solutions to obtain the results you desire.

Chapter Twenty One
Giant that never sleeps.

Awaken the sleeping giant within you! It is more powerful than all the genii or Aladdin's lamp! The genii are fictional. Your sleeping giant is real!! (P: 275)

Andrew Carnegie said, " Anything in life worth having is worth working for."

Think with PMA and follow through with desirable action.
Compensate your compass to avoid dangers and thus arrive safely at your chosen destination.

Chapter Twenty-two:
The Amazing Power of a Bibligraphy

This chapter illustrated a practical story of Ms. Brownie Wise who was successful to apply ideas from reading very inspirable book title " Think and Grow Rich". She was successful to implement the idea of the book. She was successful to increase her salary sufficiently and was able to be vice president of her company.

This chapter gives us idea to grasp the important aspect of book for taking good knowledge into practice.

Success through a Positive Mental Attitude is a very inspirable book. If anyone likes to succeed in his or her life, he/she should study this book seriously time to time. A lot of practical examples are presented in the book. It is interesting the author Mr. Napoleon Hill; himself applied PMA and succeeded his carrier. Details idea of reaching everyone's goal is expressed precisely in this book.

Everyone has problems. Those with PMA turn their adversities into seeds of equivalent or greater benefits.
When you have a problem: a. Ask for divine guidance, b. Think, c. State the problem, and d. Analyze it; e. Adopt the PMA attitude 'Thatís good!' f. Then change the adversity into seeds of greater benefit. One good idea followed by action can change failure into success. Eg. Charlie Ward

Satisfaction is a mental attitude. Your own mental attitude is the one thing you possess over which you alone have complete control. Memorize: I feel healthy! I feel happy! I feel terrific! Set your target and keep trying until you hit it.

"10 Secrets for Success and Inner Peace"
Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

I am very benefited from reading the book "10 secrets of success in life". I learned that whatever problems we face in our lives come from our own. We have to be alert in every circumstance for living our lives happily and peacefully.

The beauty of this book is that the layout structure of the book itself inspires me to read it continuously. In addition to this quotations of world famous scholar, scientists, authors and so on in each chapter further gives me opportunity to learn more and to build up willingness to contribute something for the people in the society.

Lesson learned from each chapter, which contains one Secret of Success for Developing Inner Peace is as per the following. I hope it will be interesting for readers and new members.

Chapter 1
In all of your relationships, if you can love someone enough to allow them to be exactly what they choose to be without any expectations or attachments from you. you will know true peace in your lifetime. True love means you love a person for what they are, not for that you think they should be. This is an open mind and an absence of attachment.

Chapter 2
The world you live in is an intelligent system in which every moving part is coordinated by every other moving part.

Everything you do produces a result. If you are trying to learn how to catch a football and someone throws it to you and you drop it, you haven't failed. You simply produced a result. The real question is what you do with the results that you produce. Do you leave, and moan (sigh) about being a football failure, or do you say, "Throw it again," until ultimately you are catching footballs? Failure is a judgment. It is just an opinion. It comes from your fears, which can be eliminated by love. Love for yourself. Love for what you do. Love for others. Love for your planet. When you have love within you, fear cannot survive.

Chapter 3
If love and joy are what you want to give and receive, then remember that you can't give away what you don't have, but you can change your life by changing what's inside if you are willing to go that extra mile.

You can't show respect for others if you lack self-respect. You can't give happiness away if you feel unhappy. And of course, the reverse is true.

Chapter 4
The famous scientist Blaise Pascal observed, "All man's miseries derive from not being able to sit quietly in a room alone."

The average person is said to have 60,000 separate thoughts every day.

Mother Teresa described silence and its relationship to God by saying, "God is the friend of silence. See how nature --- trees, grass, grow in silence; see the stars, th moon and the sun. How they move in silence... We need silence to be able to touch souls.

The author mentioned that his meditating practices not only calms him, but has a soothing effect on his family and those around him. But the primary benefit is that after a meditation, He finds it almost impossible to be annoyed or negatively impacted by anything. Meditation it seems to bring me into contact with a source of soothing energy that makes me feel deeply connected to god.

Chapter 5
Think about this. God will not be doing anything different one hour from now that god is doing now. And god is not doing anything different now from what god was doing a thousand years ago. The truth is that you can only come to know god if you are willing to be at peace in the present moment.
Your past history and all of your hurts are no longer here in your physical reality. Don't allow them to be here in your mind, muddying your present moments. Your life is like a play with several acts. Some of the characters who enter have short roles to play, others, much larger. Some are villains and others are good guys.

Chapter 6
All of the so called problems, however, represent a spiritual deficit that can be remedied with spiritual solutions. Think of it this way: if you change your mind you will solve your problem.
St. Francis of Assisi, in his famous prayer; beseeches us to change our mind to this thought: "Where there is hatred let me sow love." Light always dissolves darkness. Love always nullifies hate. Spirit always cancels problems. Problems exist as belief of your ego mind, which is unable to conceptualize an awareness of your spiritual mind, just as dark has no concept of light.
If you look for what's wrong about them and store that negative image in your mind, then that's where your relationship exists. If you change your thoughts to what you love rather than to what you label as wrong, you've changed your entire relationship. It went from lousy to great by your changing your mind.

As the great humanitarian Mahatma Gandhi put it, "Man become great exactly in the degree to which he works for the welfare of his fellow man."

Chapter 7
There is a Chinese proverb, "If you are going to pursue revenge, you would better dig two graves."
You have to learn to send love to all, rather than anger and resentment. The story is told of the enlightened master who always responded to outbursts of criticism, judgment, and ridicule with love, kindness, and peace. One of his devotees asked him how he could possibly be so kind and peaceful in the face of such disparaging invective. His response to the devotee was this question: "If someone offers you a gift, and you do not accept that gift, to whom does the gift belong?" The answer leads you to the extra mile. Ask yourself, " Why would I allow something that belongs to someone else to be a source of my resentment?

You are the way you are, and so are those around you. Most likely, they will never be just like you. So stop expecting, those who are different to be what you think they should be. It's never going to happen. It is your ego that demands that the world and all the people in it be as you think they should be. Your higher sacred self refuse to be anything but peaceful, and sees the world as it is, not as your ego would like it to be.

Love and forgiveness will inspire you to work at what you are for rather than what you are against. If you are against violence and hatred, you'll fight it with your own brand of violence and hatred. If you are for love and peace, you will bring those energies to the presence of violence, and ultimately dissolve the hatred.

When Mother Teresa was asked to march against the war in Vietnam, she replied "No I won't but when you have a march for peace, I'll be there."

Chapter 8
If you want sense of harmony in the workplace, maintain a clear vision and expectation of this harmony.

You will find yourself pointing out what you love about that person rather than what they're doing wrong. You will also see the other person responding to you in love and harmony rather than in an embittered way. Your ability to get out in front of yourself and see the outcome before it transpires will cause you to act in ways that bring about these results.

Chapter 9
What is your ego?

Your ego is nothing more than an idea that you carry around with you everywhere you go. This idea tells you that you are the sum total of what you have, what you do, and who you are. Ego insists that you are separate being, that your personality and your body are your essence and that you are in competition with every other ego to get share of the pie, which is limited and finite. Therefore, ego asserts, you must be wary of others who also want all that they feel they're entitled to. Consequently, ego leads you to believe that there are enemies to be wary of at all times. Since you're separate from them, you must disdain cooperating with them for fear of being cheated. The result is that you have distrust everyone!

Your ego keeps you in a constant state of fear, worry, anxiety and stress. It implores you to be better than everyone around you.

Chapter 10
The importance of forgiving yourself cannot be stated strongly enough. If you carry around thoughts of shame about what you have done in the past, you are weakening yourself both physically and emotionally. Similarly, if you use a technique of shame and humiliation on anyone to get them to reform, you're going to create a weakened person who will never become empowered until those shameful and humiliation thoughts are removed. Removing your own thoughts of shame involves a willingness to let go to see your past behaviors as lessons you had to learn and to reconnect to your source thought prayer and meditation.

Thoughts that strengthen you
When you shift from a thought that's a very low energy vibration to one of a higher frequency, you go from weak to strong. When your thought is on blaming others, you are weakened. But when shift to loving and trusting others, you become strong. Your thoughts come with and accompanying energy so you might as well shift to those that empower you. Once you realize that what you think about is the source of your experience of reality, then you will begin to pay more attention to what you are thinking in any given moment.

The most empowering thoughts you can have are those of peace, joy, love, acceptance, and willingness. These thoughts don't create a counter-force. Powerful, joyful, loving thoughts stem form your willingness to allow the world to be as it is. Then you are in a state of inner bliss where serenity replaces fighting, reverence for all of life substitutes for craving and anxiety, and understanding supplants scorn. You become and optimist. Rather than seeing the glass as half empty, it's always half full.

Don't convince yourself that it can't be done or it's easier said than done. Your mind is yours to control. You can change them at will. It is your god-given inheritance, your corner of freedom that no one can take away. No one can have control of your thoughts without your consent. So choose to avoid thoughts that weaken you, and you will know true wisdom. It is your choice!

Ten Secrets for Success and Inner peace

1. Have a mind that is open to everything and attached to nothing
2. Don't die with your music still with you
3. You can't give away what you don't have
4. Embrace silence
5. Give up your personal history
6. You can't solve a problem with the same mind that created it.
7. There are no justified resentments
8. Treat yourself as if you already are what you'd like to be
9. Treasure your divinity
10. Wisdom is avoiding all thoughts that weaken you

Some Quotations of well known figures

1. I always entertain great hopes. (Robert Frost)
2. There is just one life for each of us: our own. (Euripides)
3. A musician must make music, an artist must paint, a poet must write if he be at peace with himself. What a man can be, he must be. (Abraham Maslow)
4. No man who is occupied in doing a very difficult thing and doing it very well, ever loses his self respect. (George Bernard Shaw)
5. As soon as you trust yourself, you will know how to live. (Hohann Wolfgang Von Goethe)
6. Solitude, in the sense of being often alone, is essential to any depth of meditation or of character; and solitude in the presence of natural beauty and grandeur is the cradle of thought and aspirations which are not only good for the individual, but which society could ill do without. (John S. Mill)
7. Perhaps one of the greatest rewards of meditation and prayer is the sense of belonging that comes to us. (Bill W.)
8. Any path is only a path, and there is no affront to oneself or to others, in dropping it if that is what your heart tells you. (Carlos Castaneda)
9. Any man can make mistakes, but only an idiot persists in his error. (Cidero)
10. The happiness of your life depends upon the quality of your thoughts. Take care that you entertain no notions unsuitable to virtue and reasonable nature. (Marcus Aurelius)
11. God doesn't command that we do great things, only little things with great love. (Mother Teresa)
12. It is necessary to the happiness of man that he be mentally faithful to himself. (Thomas Paine)
13. First say yourself what you would be, and then do what you have to do. (Epictetus)
14. There is only two ways to live your life. One is as thoughnothing is a miracle, the other is as though everything is miracle. (Albert Einstein)
15. In the faces of men and women, I see god. (Walt Whitman)
16. Believe that life is worth living, and your belief will help create that fact. (William James.)
17. Nothing is unless our thinking makes it so. (William Shakspeare)

Unlimited Power
Assessment by Kishor

This book is very helpful to me to become self-confident of achieving what I really want to achieve. I am fully agreed with the author that until and unless we apply what we learned and gained from the book into our daily practices it would not have any value or effect. I am so inspired with Mr. Robin's contribution for benefiting countless people who really are seeking support for their survive. In due course, I could get an opportunity to learn about financial freedom, attaining leadership and effective communication. The five keys to wealth and happiness add great value of the book. All chapters of the book are very useful for people from different sectors.

In addition to this, the book has drawn a lot of practical examples of different professionals from different background like Olympic and professional athletes, movie stars and children, which really inspired me to think of contributing positively to others. It also shows clearly how we have to deal with the critical situation in a positive manner.

I get an opportunity to learn clearly about the meaning of some major terminology nicely explained in the Glossary. I really like the explanation, which is explained by the author as in the below:

Communication - The process of conveying information by language, signs, symbols, and behavior. It can be directional led, which is to say that the place you end a conversation is different from where it began, as in negotiation, therapy, and sales. It moves toward an outcome.

I would like to share some of ideas from the book as stated in the below: I hope it will be helpful to all readers of my assessment.

Page-4 and 5
Success is the ongoing process of striving to become more. It is the opportunity to continually grow emotionally, socially, spiritually, physiologically, intellectually, and financially while contributing in some positive way to others. The road to success is always under construction. It is a progressive course, not an end to be reached.

Real power is shared, not imposed. It's the ability to define human needs and to fulfill them both your needs and the needs of the people you care about. It's the ability to direct your own personal kingdom you own thought processes, your own behavior so you produce the precise results you desire.

Page-7
In the modern world, the quality of life is the quality of communication. What we picture and say to ourselves, how we move and use the muscles of our bodies and our facial expressions will determine how much of what we know we will use.

Page-17
Ronald Regan has developed certain communication strategies that he uses on a consistent basis to produce the results he desires.

Page-19
The greatest success is not on the stage of the world. It is in the deepest recesses of your own heart.

First, you decide what you want specifically; and second, you decide you're willing to pay the price to make it happen- and then pay that price. If you don't take that second step, you'll never have what you want in the long term (P-21)

Page-36
The difference is the neuropsychological state you are in. There are enabling states-confidence, love, inner strength, joy, and ecstasy, belief that tap great wellsprings of personal power. There are paralyzing states confusion, depression, fear, anxiety, and sadness, frustration that leave us powerless. We all go in and out of good and bad states.

Page: 123
Albert Einstein was able to conceive the theory of relativity. He said that one crucial thing that helped him was his ability to visualize "what it would look like to be riding on the end of a light beam? A person who can't see the same thing in his mind will have trouble learning about relativity. So the first thing he has to learn is the most effective way to run his brain.

Page: 166-167
I call energy the fuel of excellence. You can change your internal representations all day long, if your biochemistry is messed up; it's going to make brain create distorted representations. It's going to throw off the whole system. In fact, it's highly unlikely you'll even feel like using what you've learned. You could have the most beautiful racecar in the world, but if you try to run it on beer, it's not going to work. You can have the right car and the right fuel, but if the spark plugs are not firing right, you won't get peak performance.

The higher the energy level, the more efficient you body. The more efficient your body, the better you feel and the more you will use your talent to produce outstanding results.

Page: 169
Dr. Jack Shields, a highly regarded lymphologist from Santa Barbara, California, recently conducted an interesting study of the immune system. He put cameras inside people's bodies to see what stimulated cleansing of the lymph system. He found that a deep diaphragmatic breath is the most effective way to accomplish this. It creates something like a vacuum that sucks lymph through the bloodstream and multiplies the pace at which the body eliminates toxins. In fact, deep breathing

Page: 171-172
Remember that the quality of your health is really the quality of the life or your cells. Thus, fully oxygenating your system would seem to be a number-one priority, and breathing effectively is certainly the place to start.

The other essential component of healthy overall breathing is daily aerobic (exercise with air) exercise. Running is fine, though a little stressful. Swimming is excellent. But on of the best all-weather aerobic exercises tramp lining, which is easily accessible and puts minimal stress on your body.

Page- 198
Every effect has cause. If you exactly reproduce someone's actions-both internal and external-then you, too, can produce the same final result. You begin by modeling someone's mental actions, starting with his belief system, then you go on to his mental syntax, and finally you mirror his physiology. Do all three effectively an elegantly and you can do just about anything.

Page- 202
Five rules in formulating your outcomes

State your outcome in positive terms
Be as specific as possible
Have an evidence procedure
Be in control
Verify that your outcome is ecologically sound and desirable

Page-214
Sometimes people get so fixated on what they want, they fail to appreciate of use what they already have. The first step toward a goal is seeing what you have, giving thanks for it, and applying it to future achievements. We all have ways to make our lies better at any moment. Achieving your wildest dreams should begin today with the everyday steps that can put you on the right path. Shakespeare once wrote action that will lead to even more eloquent outcomes.

Page-216
One of the most important was precise communication skills. A manager has to manage information to be successful. Bandler and Grinder found that the most successful managers seemed to have a genius for getting to the heart of information rapidly and communicating to others what they had learned.

Page-290-291
One of the most effective tools for personal change is learning how to put the best frames on any experience. This process is called reframing.

If we change our frame of reference by looking at the same situation from a different point of view, we can change the way we respond in life.

Page- 319
Leaders are most effective when they can make use of powerful anchors to mobilize support. Few presidents have ever wrapped themselves in the flag as assiduously as Ronald Regan has.

Page- 322
Four keys to successful anchoring:

For an anchor to be effective, when you provide the stimulus you must have the person in a fully associated, congruent state with his whole body fully involved.
You must provide the stimulus at the peak of the experience. If you anchor too soon or too late, you won't capture the full intensity.
You should choose a unique stimulus. It's essential that the anchor give a clear and unmistakable signal to the brain.
For an anchor to work, you must replicate it exactly.

Page- 343-344
If a person is getting one thing, but vaguely wanting something else, he won't be totally happy or fulfilled. Or if a person achieves a goal but, in order to do so, violates his own belief about what is right or wrong, then turmoil results.

What are values? Simply, they are your own private, personal, and individual beliefs about what is most important to you. Your values are your belief systems about right, wrong, good, and bad. Maslow talks about artists, but the point is universal.

Page- 348
If a person can't concentrate at work because his highest value is family and he's spending all his time on the job, you have to address the inner conflict and the feeling of incongruity it produces. Reframing and finding the intent does this to a great degree. You can have a billion dollars, but if your life conflicts with your values, you won't be happy.

Page- 350
Some of important things that matter to us in an intimate relationship are as below:

Love, Ecstasy, Mutual communication, Respect, Fun, Growth, Support, Challenge, Creativity, Beauty, Attraction, Spiritual unity, Freedom and Honesty

Page- 372-73
Everything I've studied convinces me that if you learn to manage your states and manage your behaviors, you can change anything. You can learn what to ask of life, and you can be sure to get it.

Affirmation and positive thinking are a start, but they're not the full answer. Affirmation without discipline is the beginning of delusion. Affirmation with discipline creates miracles.

For the first key to the creation of wealth and happiness, you must learn how to handle frustration. You have got to learn how to handle frustration. Frustration can change positive attitude into a negative one, an empowering state into a crippling one. The worst thing a negative attitude does is wipe out self-discipline. And when that discipline is gone, the results you desire are gone. So to ensure long-term success, you must learn how to discipline your frustration.

Page- 375
All successful people learn that success is buried on the other side of frustration. Unfortunately, some people don't get to the other side. People who fail to achieve their goals usually get stopped by frustration. They allow frustration to keep them from taking the necessary actions that would support them in achieving their desire.

Page- 376
Ever hear of a guy named Rambo? Sylvester Stallone? Did he just show up at the door of some agent or studio and hear, "Hey, we like your body. We're going to put you in a movie? Not exactly. Sylvester Stallone became a success because he was able to withstand rejection after rejection. When he started out, he was rejected more than one a thousand times. He went to every agent he could find in New York, and everyone said no. But he kept pushing, kept trying, and finally he made a movie called Rocky. He could hear the word "no" a thousand times and then knock on door 1001.

Page- 382
Ray Kroc, the founder of McDonald's was once asked if he were to give one piece of advice to someone to guarantee a long life of success, what would it be? He said to simply remember this. When you're given you grow, when you ripen, you rot. As long as you remain green, you grow. You can take any experience and make it opportunity for growth, or you can take it and make it an invitation to decay.

Page- 389
You can have an idea or a product that can change the world, but without the power to persuade you have nothing. Communicating what you have to offer is what life is all about. It's the most important skill you can develop.

All human problems are behavioral problems! I hope you 're using your precision model right now and are asking, "All?" Well, let me put it this way: If the source of the problem is not human behavior, there is usually a behavioral solution. For example, crime is not the problem- It's people's behavior that creates this thing we call crime.

If we want to have a positive effect on he future, we must give the next generation the most effective tools available for creating their world the way they want it. Our organization attempts to do this through our unlimited Excellence Camps.

The idea for the Challenge Foundation is to put together a library of interactive video presentations featuring the most powerful, positive role models in our culture: contemporary people like Supreme Court justices, entertainers, and businessmen as well as powerful figures who are no longer alive like John F. Kennedy, Martin Luther King, Jr., or Mahatma Gandhi. This will give kids powerful experiences to emulate.

Page- 405
Communication takes tow forms.
The first is your communication with yourself. The meaning of any event is the meaning you give it.
The second form of communication is with others. The people who've changed our world have been master communicators.

Positive beliefs can make you a master. Negative beliefs can make you a loser.

Page- 407-408
Unlimited power doesn't mean you always succeed or that you never fail. Unlimited power just means to you learn from every human experience and make every experience work for you in some way. It is unlimited power to change your perceptions, to change your actions, and to care and to love that can make the biggest difference in the quality of your life.

Unlimited power is power of people working together not pulling apart. That might mean your family, or it might mean good friends. It could be trusted business partners or people you work with and care about. But you work harder and better if you're working for others as well as for yourself. You give more and you get more. The more you use the skills in this book for yourself and for others, the more they'll bring back to you.

If you can surround yourself with people who will never let you settle for less than you can be, you have the greatest gift that anyone can hope for. Association is a powerful tool. Make sure the people you surround yourself with make you a better person by your association with them.

True leaders have knowledge of the power of procession, a sense that great changes come from many small things. They realize that everything they say and do has an enormous power to empower and embolden others.

Page- 410
We all have the time; the question of the quality of life is answered by how we spend it.

This book gives us tools and skills and ideas that can change our life. I am very impressed to learn about the incident happened to Mr. Robins in his school time. Once his principal told him that he had potential for making incredible speech and invited him to speak in competition next week with the squad from his school. The principal's message changed his life. It led to his profession as a communicator. It is very interesting. We could learn that small thing can change our life forever as of the life of Mr. Robbins.

In addition to this I am very much impressed to read about another incident happened with Mr. Robins in San Diego. A young boy and girl came to him in the late evening for expressing unpleasant situation happening with the girl. She was mostly victimized with her own brother. Mr. Robbins taught her to speak clearly how she respected her brother and to request not to victimize her and change his bad behavior. It really worked and she was not victimized any more later on. The girl and her boy friend were so happy. The boy friend honored Mr. Robbins with putting on the gold medal, which he received recently. It was really very wonderful event. We all have to learn such a great idea from the incident. Let us all could generate generosity to all, let us learn to be happy and prosperous. I fully agree that we must remember that we have the responsibility to give something back. Our contributions can truly make a difference. I am so pleased to read about the progress of Anthony Robbins Foundation, which has reached out to more than 250,000 individuals in over 400 communities throughout the United States, Canada, England, New Zealand and Australia. I would like to wish the foundation for further progress to bring more innovations for the benefits of the people around the world.

At last I would also like to express the Irish blessing, which Mr. Robbins mentioned in the book at the end.

May the road rise to meet you. May the wind be always at your back. May the sunshine warm on your face, the rains fall soft upon your fields, and until we meet againÖ may God hold you softly in the palm of his hand.

Seven beliefs

Everything happens for a reason and a purpose, and it serves us.
There is no such thing as failure.
What ever happens take responsibility.
It is not necessary to understand everything to be able to use everything.
People are your greatest resource.
Work is play.
There's no abiding success without commitment.

Remarkable Quotations from the Book

" The great end of life is not knowledge but action." ñ Thomas Henry Huxley
" For every disciplined effort there is a multiple reward." ñ Jim Robn
" It's a funny about life, if you refuse to accept anything but the best, you very often get it."
ñ W. Somerset Maubham
" Things do not change, we change." ñ Henry David Thoreau
" The meeting of preparation with opportunity generates the offspring we call luck."
ñ Antony Robbins
" It is the mind that maketh good or ill, that maketh wretch or happy, rich or poor."
ñ Edmund Spenser
" The ancestor of every action is a thought." ñ Ralph Waldo Emerson
" Man is what he believes." Anton Chekhov
" Good timber does not grow with ease, the stronger the wind, the stronger the trees."
ñ J. Willard Marriott
" The mind is its own place, and in it self can make a Heav'n of Hell, a Hell of Hev'n."
John Molton
" Our doubts are traitors, And make us lose the good we oft might win, By fearing to attempt."
" Don't find fault, find a remedy." ñ Henry Ford
" There is nothing either good or bad, but thinking makes it so."
" Our bodies are gardens ... our wills are gardeners." ñ William Shakespeare
" Devils can be driven out of the heart by the touch of a band on a band or a mouth."
ñ Tennessee Williams
" The health of the people is really the foundation upon which their happiness and all their
powers as a state depend." - Benjamin Disraeli
" Winning starts with beginning."- Anonymous
"Where there is no vision, people perish." ñ Proverbs
" Human language is like a cracked kettle on which we beat out tunes for bears to dance to, when all the time we are longing to move the starts to pity. ñ Gustave Flaubert
" There is no expedient to which a man will not got to avoid the real labor of thinking.
Thomas Edison
" Life is not a static thing. The only people who do not change their minds are incompetents in asylums who can't and those in cemeteries." ñ Everett Dirksen
" A musician must make music, an artist must paint, a poet must write, if he is to be ultimately at peace with himself." ñ Abraham Maslow

" He who knows much about others may be learned, but he who understands himself is more intelligent. He who controls others may be powerful, but he who has mastered himself is mightier still." ñ Lao-Tsu, Tao Teb King
" Whatever kind of word thou spekest, the like shalt thou bear." ñ Greek Proverb
" The best way to predict the future is to get a clear idea of what's happening now." ñ John Naisbitt
" The chemist who can extract from his heart's elements compassion, respect, longing, patience, regret, surprise, and forgiveness and compound them into one can create that atom which is called love." ñ Kablil Gibran
"If you could only love enough, you could be the most powerful person in the world." ñ Emmett Fox

Five guidelines for asking intelligently and precisely

Ask specifically
Ask someone who can help you.
Create value for the person you're asking.
(If you said you needed the money to make a difference in people's lives, I might begin o listen. If you specifically showed me how you wanted to help others and create value for them and yourself, I might see how helping you could create value for me as well.
Ask with focused, congruent belief.
Ask until you get what you want.

Think And Grow Rich
Assessment by Kishor (Nepal)

Think and grow is the most important book I have ever read. It really helps us to improve our practical life adopting all the aspects written in each chapter. I have got an opportunity to review my activities through the questions which the author pointed out so clearly. It helps me a lot.

The book is divided into 15 chapters. They are 1. Thoughts are things, 2. Desire 3. Faith 4. Autosuggestion 5. Specialized knowledge 6. Imagination 7. Organized planning 8. Decision 9. Persistence 10. Power of the master mind 11. The mystery of sex transmutation 12. The subconscious mind 13. The Brain 14. The sixth sense 15. The six ghosts of fair

Each and every chapter shows us the way for succeeding our life. In addition this book gives us such energy that can be applied to our day to day work for going to a right direction. I fully agree that this book is valid for all the time and we have to go through it time to time. There has never been another book like this.

This book gives us practical knowledge not only about what to do but also about how to do. Many people achieved their goals and became successful in their lives only through reading this book and applying the ideas.

Here is some very interesting and practical idea which I like to share with all our readers:

1. Self-Confidence Formula

I know that I have the ability to achieve the object of my definite purpose in life; therefore, I demand of myself persistent (constant, determined), continuous action toward its attainment, and I here and now promise to render (make, provide, give) such action.

I realize the dominating thoughts of my mind will eventually reproduce themselves in outward, physical action, and gradually transform themselves into physical reality, therefore, I will concentrate my thoughts for thirty minutes daily, upon the task of thinking of the person I intend to become, thereby creating in my mind a clear mental picture.

I know through the principle of autosuggestion, any desire that I persistently hold in my mind will eventually seek expression through some practical means of attaining the object back of it, therefore, I will devote ten minutes daily to demanding of myself the development of self-confidence.

I have clearly written down a description of my definite chief aim in life, and I will never stop trying, until I shall have developed sufficient self-confidence for its attainment.

I fully realize that no wealth or position can long endure and carry on unless built upon truth and justice, therefore, I will engage in no transaction which does not benefit all whom it affects. I will succeed by attracting to myself the forces I wish to use, and the cooperation of other people. I will induce others to serve me, because of my willingness to serve others, I will eliminate hatred, envy, jealousy, selfishness, and cynicism by developing love for all humanity, because I know that a negative attitude toward others can never bring me success. I will cause others to believe in me, because I will believe in them, and in myself. I will sign my name to this formula, commit it to memory, and repeat it aloud once a day, with full faith that it will gradually influence my thoughts and actions so that I will become a self-reliant, and successful person.

2. Biography

I am very impressed to read about the biography of the most renowned persons like Abraham Lincoln, Henry Ford, Thomas A. Edison, Jennings Randolph, Phillip D. Armour, John Hancock, Samuel Adams, Eddie Cantor and so on.

3. Remarkable highlights from the book as I think are very useful

Knowledge will not attract money, unless it is organized, and intelligently directed, through practical plans of action, to the definite end of accumulation of money. It becomes power only when and if, it is organized into definite plans of action and directed to a definite end.

Important factors of leadership:
1. Unwavering courage based upon knowledge of self, and of one's occupation
2. Self-control
3. A keen sense of justice
4. Definiteness of decision
5. Definiteness of plan
6. The habit of doing more than paid for
7. A pleasing personality
8. Sympathy and understanding
9. Mastery of detail
10. Willingness to assume full responsibility

QQS (quality plus quantity, plus the proper spirit of cooperation, equals perfect salesmanship of service) Formula

Thirty one major causes of failures

Self-analysis questionnaire for personal inventory: I found it the most important for reviewing and for self assessment of each individual.

Tips to be persistent: i. Definiteness of purpose ii. Desire iii. Self-reliance iv. Definiteness of plans v. Accurate knowledge vi. Cooperation vii. Will power viii. Habit

The human mind is a form of energy, a part of it being spiritual in nature. When the minds of two people are coordinated in a spirit of harmony, the spiritual units of energy of each mind form an affinity, which constitutes the psychic phase of the master mind.

The fruitful years after forty

The seven major positive emotions: The emotions of desire, faith, love, sex, enthusiasm, romance and hope

The seven negative emotions: The emotions of fear, jealousy, hatred , revenge, greed, superstition and anger

Employers who understand human nature get the best there is in men, not by criticism, but by constructive suggestion. Parents may accomplish the same results with their children. Criticism will plant fear in the human heart, or resentment, but it will not build love or affection.

Mind control is the result of self-discipline and habit. You either control your mind or it controls you. There is no half-way compromise. The most practical of all methods for controlling the mind is the habit of keeping it busy with a definite purpose, backed by a definite plan. Study the record of any man who achieves noteworthy success, and you will observe that he has control over his own mind, moreover, that he exercises that controls and directs it toward the attainment of definite objectives. Without this control, success is not possible.

Self Analysis test questions:

I found it very important to achieve human goal. Self-analysis has to be done frequently as the author suggested of following it once in every week. The author gave more about sixty questions for self analyses which are very important

Fifty-five famous alibis by old man IF.

The first and best victory is to conquer self. To be conquered by self is, of all things, the most shameful and vile.

Personally I learned a lot from reading the book. The main thing I have learned is the self-evaluation by asking many practical questions on my own. I am so inspired to read about health, about developing self-confidence, quick decision, self-control, developing of positive emotions and controlling over negative emotions like fear, jealous and hatred.

Solution To Every Problem
Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

It is really a very useful book for coping with the problems we usually face in our daily lives. Yes! I believe reading the book that there is spiritual solution to every problem.

The author showed the power of love, harmony, and service in this book. The author shows us that there is an omnipotent spiritual force at our fingertips that contains the solution to our problems like ill health, financial worries and relationship difficulties. Drawing from the various spiritual traditions, especially from the prayer of Saint Francis of Assisi, the author helps us unplug form the material world and awaken to the divine within.

The first part of the book provides the essential foundation for spiritual problem solving, drawing from the wisdom of Patanjali, a Yogi mystic, the second half focuses on the legacy of Saint Francis. Dyer offers specific practical applications for applying the teachings of these wise men to everyday problems, including affirmations, writing exercises, and guided meditations.

I do believe that as in the first part the author expressed about the state of deep meditation, which helped to tackle our day-to-day life within a right manner. I believe that spiritual practice is a way of making our lives work at a higher level and receiving guidance for handling problems.

In this regards I would like to share my personal experience, I coordinated a program in Kathmandu for a national level exhibition. It was a photo exhibition from our organization. Nearly twenty friends were actively participated in the program. We could successfully manage the program. The exhibition was held for five days. Our program was highly appreciated by many people.

At the last day it was so late to go back home. We had no vehicles. It was difficult for us to get taxies too. Fortunately the director of the program requested us to come with him and he liked to drop all of us. We were so happy and we went back with him. It is spiritual force that helps us to support all our good deeds.

I would like to share the following messages from the book, which I feel very helpful for all of us.

Nurture your sense of connection to everyone and god as well. This allows you to remove your ego from conflicts. Do not see any one as an enemy, or view anyone as an obstacle to fulfillment. This awareness of being a part of everyone allows you to suspend anger and frustration towards others and see them as partners in the resolution of problems.

There are people to whom you are connected who are available to help you find the right job, to solve a puzzling issue that seems irreconcilable, to help you back on your feet, and to resolve financial difficulties. Everyone becomes a compatriot rather than a competitor. This is a spiritual awareness.

In our society I sometimes found that there is strong feeling of competitors rather than compatriot among the business and other institutions. One of my teachers used to speak to us that we have to be compatriot rather than competitor. I feel so happy to read this book mentioning the issue, which helps me to develop such feeling among business people in our society.

I agree the author mentioning about the status of our mind in most of times. If we feel anxious, anguished, hurt, depressed, frustrated, and so on, then we have a spiritual disconnect. This could mean we have allowed our personal energy field to become contaminated by the debilitating forces of those in our immediate life space.

I believe if we do things with our pure minds, the result would be very successful. When we are spiritually connected we aren't looking for occasions to be offended and we are not judging and labeling others.

The whole book explained about the good deeds that we perform from our pure minds. The author mentioned about love for hate as most of saints including lord Buddha taught us so.

The author quoted on the suggestion of Patanjali is very useful for us. When a person becomes perfected in truth he literally gains control of truth.

I would like to share teaching of his holiness Dalai Lama. He said that the happiness we seek, a genuine lasting peace and happiness can be attained only through the purification of our minds. This is possible if we cut the root cause of all suffering and misery—our fundamental ignorance.

I would like to share five basic aphorisms of Patanjali that will guide us to change the mind that created the problems.

1. Identify yourself beyond ignorance.
2. Calmness is the peace of God within you.
3. You create obstacles, you do not sin.
4. Be steadfast in abstaining from falsehood.
5. Be steadfast in abstaining from harmful thoughts and acts.

As it is stated in the book that research has shown that people who pray and are prayed for have higher incidents of recovery. Prayer is an invisible energy vibration that approaches the faster frequencies of spirit. And it works, as research has demonstrated. Ponder this idea of faster vibrations being associated with spirit and spirit being the source of all problem solving.

The author spent twenty-nine years in an exhaustive study to measure the vibrations of human behavior and thought and to help us see how to move from the lower/slower frequencies of shame, guilt, apathy, fear, and anger into the higher vibrations of willingness, acceptance, reason, love, joy, peace, and enlightenment.

I appreciate that lust, hatred; worry, fear, anger, envy, greed, jealousy and guilt are lower frequency of vibration, which will misbalance our mental attitude. We need to develop higher frequency of vibration in order to calm down our mind and speed up the activities.

The cast characters that create the illusory problems include fear, worry, guilt, vanity, anger, envy, gossip, hypocrisy, hate, shame, jealous and self-centeredness.

Lower frequency energy vibration is focus on material power in the form of money, leadership, status, and prestige. In the pursuit of material power you will find virtually all the problems that surface in your life, including disease.

I am so inspired to read chapter four in which it is mentioned that stop giving energy to the things you don't believe in. It also explains that happy thoughts create happy molecules, and healthy thoughts create healthy molecules.

I learned from reading this chapter that if we think about what is wrong or what we hate in another person that will be our experience of the relationship inside of us, which is where we experience everything.

Sometimes I prefer to stay alone when some thing is happened and brings some problems. It really calms down our minds and shows us a right way.

It is very inspiring to read chapter five, which mentioned about cleaning up our energy fields. It explains that the electromagnetic field of everything created by nature is pure and in a state of cooperation and love, for want of a better word, with all other energy fields. It is explained in this chapter that Love and compassion are absolute necessities.
Love and compassion leads us to a success and makes us happy. I think it should be practiced in every field.

I deserve the idea of the author that he expressed that empty of ego and affiliated with the spiritual principles of love, kindness, surrender, peace, connectedness, forgiveness, cheerfulness, and gratitude you get closer and closer to god. When you begin to radiate spiritual qualities you will impact the energy field of your immediate surroundings more than you may have realized. Further more you will keep your own energy field less contaminated, and you will prevent conflicts and problems from surfacing merely by your raised spiritual consciousness. Indeed, you must keep upper most in your mind that it is never between you and them it is between you and god. It helps me from reading the book to understand and feel bad sense of vibration when we enter to a place where unpleasant things are mostly happened. I also feel peaceful to enter a place where loving kindness and compassion are often practiced.

I like to share one of my experiences with you. One time my spiritual teacher left his monastery. He asked me and my friend to look after the monastery in his absence. We usually went to the monastery in the evening and returned back in the morning. We had to pass through a graveyard to reach the monastery.

One day it was late for us to go to the monastery. There was light off on the street. I along with my friend felt so scared when we reached to the graveyard. We felt there were some unseen forces behind us. We just practiced loving kindness as we learned from our spiritual teacher. We went fast from the area. Once we reached to the monastery. We both felt so peaceful. It happens to us but we don't know what is there.

I fully agree with the author for his view of a very good vibration when he entered to the spiritual places like 1. Lower Assisi, the Tiny Chapel (Spiritual meditative home of Saint Francis) that Saint Francis had prayed in every day. 2. Machu Picchu

I do feel peace and harmony whenever I enter into the spiritual places in my country and elsewhere.

I admire the author's view on an eight-point plan of decontamination. It is a version of "The Paradoxical Commandments" written by Kent M. Keith. It is as in the below:

1. People are often unreasonable, illogical and self centered. Forgive them anyway
2. If you are kind, people may accuse you of selfish, ulterior motives. Be kind any way
3. If you are successful, you will win some false friends and some true enemies. Succeed anyway
4. If you are honest and frank, people may cheat you. Be honest and frank anyway.
5. What you spend years building, someone may destroy overnight. Build anyway
6. If you find serenity and happiness. People may be jealous. Be happy anyway.
7. The good you do today, people will often forget tomorrow. Do well anyway. Like being happy, doing well is something that you do as an expression of your invisible spiritual essence.
8. Give the world the best you have, and it may never be enough. Give the world the best you've go anyway.

It is so pleased to learn that Mother Teresa adopted these eight suggestions as a plan for life concludes with the truly profound essence of this offering.

I learned how we develop positive attitudes, how to generate loving kindness and compassion to others, how to develop higher vibration of frequency through love, patience and compassion and meditation. I am so inspired to learn about the power of spiritual quality, which could make changes to the life of people. The author explained his own experience of the spiritual power through which he could make changes to people with his contacts. He explained very well about a woman who was diagnosed with cancer and given only a few months to live. She strongly determined to the spiritual practices and practiced it very seriously. With the inner spiritual quality and higher frequencies of spirit, she could live many years.

I agree fully with the writer as he mentioned that when our heart becomes pure, our enemy becomes our friends, or even more significantly, our teacher, our worst enemies are our greatest teachers because they allow us to examine the emotions of anger and revenge and then to transcend them. It helps me very much for my personal life. I have experienced it in many circumstances.

I would like to share Buddha's word, which has also been mentioned by the author in this book: " We live happily indeed, not hating those who hate us. Among men who hate us we dwell free from hatred."

I learned that divine love is spiritual love.

I think it is worthwhile to share the following ideas, which the author has well mentioned in this book.

"When we negotiate for peace, we generally see one side as wrong and the other as right. This it true in conflicts between nations, communities, and families and in your personal relationships too. You cannot bring spiritual harmony into problem resolution as long as you accept the idea that one side is right and the other is wrong. In the world of spirit there is no right side and wrong side. There is only a field of infinite harmony that we are calling spiritual.

It is really very useful to:
1. Make meditation a part of your daily life.
2. Practice thinking peace
3. Become a peace maker
4. Making peace with ourselves
5. Get back to nature

In bringing about a spiritual solution to any and all problems, first and foremost, become "an instrument of thy peace." It is this peace that you will deliver to the presence of problems and see them dissolve in the power of peace.

I am so pleased to see the lesson from Dhammpada (a Buddhist text), which is also mentioned in this book. It is mentioned that hating ceases by loving, not by hating.

This is why Saint Francis asked god for the ability to bring love to the presence of hatred, and thus remove the illusion that hate exists. God is love, evil is mind of man. Then you know with certainly that hate is only error crated by the mind of man. By getting out of your ego, which wants to retaliate and triumph over the hate, you allow yourself to sow love in those movements. Your source is god. The source of hatred is someone's misbelieve that they are separate from god.

I learned to develop love rather than hate which brings positive result in any circumstances. Hate can't live where love is present. It is so interesting to learn about the direct positive results from the loving kindness, which the author shared with the patients, drug addicts and the other poor people.

I am so surprised to learned about the experience of the author with the young man who had been in a serious motorcycle accident.The author practices deep meditation and share full compassion to the patient named Anthony who is a very good fan of the author's writing. With full compassion of the author Anthony recovered and was able to come out from coma.

When you are able to identify the frequencies of disease and provide new energetic solutions, the negative frequencies can be permanently dislodged and removed. Your job in bringing pardon to injury is to first be energetically balanced.

It is learnt that our thoughts and low energy patterns can activate an ulcer so can they activate the flow of chi to remove that imbalance.

I believe that watching movies and television shows with extol the virtues of man rather than the shortcoming and evil intentions of humanity. Continuously reinforce in us the idea that humanity is good, that the sick can be healed, that the injured can be pardoned.

It is interesting to note that there are only two emotions, love and fear. When you are in a condition of fear, you are experiencing problems. When you remove fear and replace it with love, the problems dissolve right where you experience them, in your thoughts.

It is interesting to learn that eight to ten glasses a day of pure water flushes out many of the toxins that lower your energy levels and cause the energetic harmony of your body to be out of balance. You will feel lighter, think lighter, and experience more spiritual energy by simply purifying your system with large quantities of pure water every single day.

It is interesting to learn about the request of Saint Francis to bring light to darkness is a powerful way of enhancing a spiritual solution to every problem. Light is pure, moral, clear, and without deception. Walk this path and watch darkness dissolve.

I agree that the world has no sadness in it only people thinking sad thoughts. It is true that how time seems to pass when we are joyful, versus the passage of time when you are in a state of grief of sadness.

It is interesting to learn that Albert Einstein wittily described time's passage when he discussed relativity. When a man sits with a pretty girl for an hour, it seems like a minute. But let him sit on a hot stove for a minute and it's longer than any hour. That's relativity.

The true joy of living is in allowing the higher energies of spirit to guide your life. Monks, sages and saints seem always joyful. Because they practice high spirit of energies.

It is very useful to note seven requests of Saint Francis of Assisi. They are 1. Peace 2. Love 3. Pardon 4. Faith 5. Hope 6. Light and 7. Joy, which will eradicate 1. Turmoil, 2. Hatred 3. Injury 4. Doubt 5. Despair 6. Darkness 7. Sadness

We could make success of our life if we are able to adopt the loving kindness, compassion, equanimity, sympathy and joy, which are, described as higher energies of spirit.

The Seven Spiritual Laws of Success
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.

The most important ideas mentioned by Dr. Deepak Chopara in this book are seven spiritual laws of Success. I have pointed out main highlights of the aspects as in the below:

The Law of Pure potentiality

Material abundance, in all its expressions, happens to be one of those things that make the journey more enjoyable. But success also includes good health, energy and enthusiasm for life, fulfilling relationships, creative freedom, emotional and psychological stability, and a sense of well-being and peace of mind.

The physical laws of the universe are actually this whole process of divinity in motion, or consciousness in motion. When we understand these laws and apply them in our lives, anything we want can be created, because the same laws that nature uses to create a forest, or a galaxy, or a star or a human body can also bring about the fulfillment of our deepest desires.

How can we apply the law of pure potentiality, the field of all possibilities, to our lives? If we want to enjoy the benefits of the field of pure potentiality, if we want to make full use of the creativity, which is inherent in pure consciousness, then we have to have access to it. One way to access the field is through the daily practice of silence, meditation, and non-judgment.

I believe that spending time in nature enables us to sense the harmonious interaction of all the elements and forces of life, and gives us a sense of unity with all of life. It is important aspect I found in the book.

The Law of giving

Practicing of the law of giving very important if we want joy, give joy to others if we want love, learn to give love, if we want attention and appreciation, learn to give attention and appreciation, if we want material affluence, help others to become materially affluent.

Make a decision to give whether we go to whomever we see. As long as we're giving, we will be receiving. The more we give the more confidence we will gain in the miraculous effects of this law.

The law of “Karma” or cause and effect

Whether we like it or not, everything that is happening at this moment is a result of the choices we've made in the past. Unfortunately, a lot of us make choices unconsciously, and therefore we don't think they are choices- and yet they are. If I were insult somebody, he/she would most likely make the choice of being offended. If I were to pay somebody a compliment, he/se would most likely make the choice of being pleased or faltered.

Most of us, as a result of conditioning, have repetitious and predictable responses to the stimuli in our environment. That action generates memory, and memory has the ability or the potentiality to generate desire. And desire generates action again.

As long as Karma is evolutionary for both the self and everyone effected by the self - then the fruit of karma will be happiness and success.

I am fully agree that the best way to prepare for any moment in the future is to be fully conscious in the present.

The law of least effort

Least effort is expended when our actions are motivated by love, because nature is held together by the energy of love. When we seek power and control over other people, we waste energy. When we seek money or power for the sake of the ego, we spend energy chasing the illusion of happiness instead of enjoying happiness in the moment. When we see money for personal gain only, we cut off the flow of energy to ourselves, and interfere with the expression of nature's intelligence. But when our actions are motivated by love, there is no waste of energy. When our actions are motivated by love our energy multiplies and accumulates - and the surplus energy we gather and enjoy can be channeled to create anything that we want including unlimited wealth.

When our internal reference point is the ego, when we seek power and control over other people or seek approval from others, we spend energy in a wasteful way.

Frustration or upset by a person, situation remembers that we are not reacting to the person or the situation, but to our feelings about the person or the situation. These are our feeling, and our feelings are not someone else's fault. When we recognize and understand this completely, we are ready to take responsibility for how we feel and to change it. If we can accept things as they are, we are ready to take responsibility for our situation and for all the events you see as problems.

I agree it is very important that we accept things as they are not as we wish they were in this moment.

Once we do this, every so-called upsetting situation will become an opportunity for the creation of something new and beautiful, and every so-called tormentor or tyrant will become our teacher.

The law of Intention and desire

The past is recollection, memory, the future is anticipation, and the present is awareness.

It guides us to make a list of all my desires, to carry list with us wherever we go. It also guide us show this list before we go into our silence and meditation.

It shows us to remind ourselves to practice present-moment awareness in all our actions, to refuse to allow obstacles to consume and dissipate the quality of our attention in the present moment.

The law of detachment

I believe that attachment of money is the sign of insecurity. However money fulfill our desire for short time only. We might have said when we have millions of dollars, and then we will be secure. We will do all the things we really want to do. But it never happens.

Those who seek security chase it for a lifetime without ever finding it. It remains elusive and ephemeral; security can never come alone from money alone. Attachment to money will always create insecurity no matter how much money you have in the bank.
Everyday you can look for the excitement of what may occur in the field of all possibilities. When you experience uncertainty, you are on the right path-so don't give it up.

The law of detachment accelerates the whole process of evolution. When we understand this law, we don't feel compelled to force solutions. When we force solutions on problems, we only create new problems.

We can look at every problem we have in our life as an opportunity for some greater benefit. We can stay alert to opportunities by being grounded in the wisdom of uncertainty. When our preparedness meets opportunity', the solution of spontaneously appear. What comes out of that is often called “good luck”. Good luck is nothing but preparedness and opportunity coming together. When the two are mixed together with an alert witnessing of the chaos, a solution emerges that will be of evolutionary benefit to us and to all those that we come into contact with. This is the perfect recipe for success, and it is based on the Law of Detachment.

The law of “Dharma” or purpose in life

It is mentioned in the book that Dhamma is purpose of life. According to this law, we have a unique talent and a unique way of expressing it. There is something that we can do better than anyone else in the whole world- and for every unique talent and unique expression.

I believe that Dhamma is law of nature too.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

Yes! I can relate the ideas and concept of this book to my personal circumstances. When I read this book I felt more confidence with my believes in spiritual knowledge.

I found it is rare to hear that parents not expecting their children doing well in school, getting the best grades or going to the best college. But the author practiced with his children this and he focuses on asking his children to focus on how they can serve humanity and asking themselves of their unique talents. I do like to follow such practices of the writer to my relationship too.

In my life I met in my country a spiritual teacher who has also similar attitude like Dr. Deepak Chopara. It is so interesting to me.

3. What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?
Please Explain.

I found it interesting and new ideas to read as three components of law of Dharma as stated below:

1. To discover true self i.e. to discover higher self or our spiritual self
2. To express our unique talents. The law of Dhamma says that every human being has a unique talent.
3. The third component of the law of Dhamma is service to humanity

Commitments for making maximum use of the law of Dharma, then you have to make several commitments.

1. To seek higher self, which is beyond my ego, through spiritual practice
2. To discover unique talents and finding unique talents,
3. To ask myself how I am best suited to serve humanity

4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?

Yes! I learned the tools for succeeding all our efforts, which are very helpful for me to share with my colleagues in our organization. We usually share new ideas among us. I think the aspects of seven spiritual laws for success is really needed for all in our organization and the others as well.

5. Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?

No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?

The most important thing in this book is understanding of spiritual value which leads to succeed our life. I found it is so interesting to read that each human cell operates through the law of giving. A cell is alive and healthy when it is in a state of balance and equilibrium. This state of equilibrium is one of fulfillment and harmony, but it is maintained by constant give and take. Each cell gives to and supports every other cell, and it turn are nourished by every other cell. The cell is always in a state of dynamic flow and the flow is never interrupted. In fact, the flow is the very essence of the life of the cell. And only by maintaining this flow of giving is the cell able to receive and thus continue its vibrant existence.

I found it is very useful to read that there is a natural sequence for the application of these laws in our daily life that may help us to remember them. The law of pure potentiality is experienced through silence, through meditation, through non-judgment, through communion with nature, but the law of giving activates it.

If you seek affluence, give affluence, if you seek money, give money; if you seek love, appreciation, and affection, then learn to give love, appreciation, and affection.

I believe that good karma (action) makes everything in life easy.

It is so interesting to read in this book about the saying of the lord Buddha that this existence of ours is as transient as autumn clouds. To watch the birth and death of beings is like looking at the movements of a dance. A lifetime is like a flash of lightning in the sky, rushing by like a torrent down a steep mountain.

Reading this book it strengthen my-believe that our purpose of life should not be limited to us only but it is to serve the others with full of love and humanity.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

Yes! This book is based on the natural laws, which govern all living beings to live happily, live peacefully and accumulate prosperous life. .

The book highlighted on the major success factor is the result of hard work. It shows the way of living with harmony with natural law, a sense of well being, good health, fulfilling relationships, energy and enthusiasm for life and material abundance will spring for the easily and effortlessly.

It is really inspiring book for me to learn to serve others with full of love, to develop humanity and practice dharma, the law of nature.

I really like to share the seven spiritual laws of success to others in my organization.

Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10. Ten is good and one is poor.

A. How interesting was it to read? 9
B. How helpful were the contents? 10
C. How easy was it to understand? 10
D. Would you recommend it to others? 10
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

Comments
A wonderful book to be read by all.

Keys to Success
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.
2.
The whole book is a lesson for me. Here are the main ideas, which I feel very important to me. It is the second book of the author I have got the opportunity to read.
i. Develop definiteness of purpose
ii. Create personal initiative
iii. Build a Positive Mental Attitude
iv. Control your enthusiasm
v. Enforce Self-discipline
vi. Think accurately
vii. Control your attention
viii. Inspire team wok
ix. Learning from adversity and defeat
x. Creative vision
xi. Maintain Sound Health
xii. Budget your time and money

We can't get into a specific result until and unless we develop specific purposes and follow appropriate plan. It is applied in every aspects and in every where and for everybody. Like wise building positive mental attitude is very essential for all of us to achieve some thing good in life. If we think positively we get all result positively. The author has well defined all the topics as mentioned above. He has explained some factors that support to build positive mental attitude such as Flexibility, Sincerity of Purpose, Promptness of decision, Courtesy, Tact, Tone of voice, The habit of smiling, Facial Expression, Tolerance, Frankness of manner and speech, A keen sense of humor, Faith in Infinite Intelligence, A keen sense of justice, The Appropriate use of words, Effective speech, Emotional control, Alertness of Interest, Versatility, Fondness for people, Humility, Effective showmanship, Clean Sportsmanship, Good Handshake, Personal Magnetism.

It is very helpful for me to read about the control enthusiasm, which leads toward our success. The author well described of the benefits of controlled enthusiasm, the danger of uncontrolled enthusiasm, how to develop controlled enthusiasm, enthusiasm boosters, to be enthusiastic, act enthusiastically, keep an enthusiasm log, completed a can do task, enthusiasm and the mastermind alliance, criticizing without destroying enthusiasm and enthusiasm changes lives.

I found it very important for all of us that until and unless we enforce self-discipline we can't achieve success in any endeavor. It is the channel though which all our personal power for success must flow.

The seven major positive emotions: The emotions of love, sex, hope, faith, enthusiasm, loyalty and desire. We have to retain positive emotions to develop self-discipline.
The seven negative emotions: The emotions of fear, jealousy, hatred , revenge, greed, anger and superstition. We have to master on negative emotions to develop self-discipline.
How interesting it is for me to read that cooperation, like love and friendship is something you get by giving. I have often heard about the like-minded people group in this present organization. The author already explained about it in the book very clearly. I believe an individual alone can't do everything to form an organization. There needs a good team to form an organization.

Creative vision requires us to stimulate our imagination to work toward our definite major purpose and to put the results of that imagination to work. Creative Vision is needed today not to pollute or drain our environment, to teach young students to better themselves, to cope with changing nature and phenomenon.

How correct it is to say “Health is wealth” I believe that both mental and physical sound health is very important for all of us for succeeding our goal and living prosperously.

Time and money are precious and few people striving for success ever believe they possess either one in excess. Understanding how we use them is an important part of evaluating your progress toward success and analyzing what may be holding us back.

I feel so happy to learn from the book about the budget our time and money. The writer puts many practical questions for getting proper time of work, sleep and spare time among 24 hours. It is found very important for me to read budgeting our spare time.

1. Spend one hour a day in quiet meditation on the following subjects:
a. Plan for our definite major purpose
b. Contact with infinite intelligence, affirming our gratitude for the blessings we have
c. Self-analysis, identifying the fears you need to master and making plans for doing so
d. Ways to increase harmony in all our relationships
e. The things we desire instead of the things we don't want
f. Devote two hours to going the extra mile by rendering some sort of service to our community, our spouse, our family without expecting any kind of reward for it.
g. Study and read for self-improvement for an hour
h. Spend an hour in contact with members of our mastermind alliance or close personal friends

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

Yes! This book gives us practical knowledge not only about what to do but also about how to do. Many people achieved their goals and became successful in their lives only through reading the books of author. This book is one among them. This book guides clearly of applying the ideas in our profession. I can relate the ideas and concept of this book in my personal life circumstances. I feel once I read the book it is a tool of showing us a way toward success.

I found the seventeen principles of success, which are mentioned below to serve as a reminder.

i. Develop definiteness of purpose ii. Establish a mastermind alliance, iii. Assemble an attractive personality, iv. Use applied faith v. Go the extra mile vi. Create personal initiative vii. Build a positive mental attitude viii. Control your enthusiasm ix. Enforce self-discipline x. Think accurately xi. Control your attention xii. Inspire teamwork xiii. Learn from adversity and defeat xiv. Cultivate creative vision xv. Maintain sound health xvi. Budget your time and money and xvii. Use cosmic habit force

3.What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?
Please Explain.

The most important new ideas for me in this book are Developing definiteness purpose, Creating a positive mental attitude, building self confidence, organizing time and energy, cultivating creative vision, budgeting our time and money, Perfecting our personality, making sound health, control enthusiasm and so on.

All the topics of this book is very important for developing and succeeding our way of life and the other circumstances. I think we have to follow all the approached mentioned by the author gradually to succeed every efforts of us.

4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?
Yes! As earlier book of the author, this book also gives me a very effective tool which I can apply in my personal life and to my organization. I will definitely share the precious ideas of the book to my friends in the society and in my organization as we have been practicing so.

5. Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?
No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?
The most important things from the book I found are: Using the mastermind principle, focusing our attention, learning from defeat, going the extra mile, improving our positive mental attitude, budget our time and money and control our enthusiasm. These are from the seventeen principles of success. I have got an opportunity to improve my way of thinking for better result after I read this book. I will share such ideas with my colleagues in our organization in our regular gathering. I hope it will help to improve their way of living too.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.
Yes! This book shows us the practical aspects for gaining personal achievement. The author has interestingly elaborated the topics very clearly with examples. We can be definitely successful if we take things seriously if we follow the principles seriously. So I think we have to gradually adopt the seventeen principles of success in achieving our goals.

Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10. Ten is good and one is poor.
A. How interesting was it to read? 10
B. How helpful were the contents? 10
C. How easy was it to understand? 10
D. Would you recommend it to others? 10
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

Comments
A wonderful book I would like to request all to read it at least once.

Dr. David J. Schwartz's “The Magic of Thinking Success”
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.

This is a book from which I got the opportunity to gain with a lot of fruitful and practical experiences of various personalities from different professions. The main think I have noticed from reading the book is that anybody's success starts with knowing what we want from our life. Yes! The book gives us secret success formulas of the gaining wonderful opportunity for being happy and wealthy. These are some of the most important aspects from the book.

i. The Successful life begins with a dream
ii. How to build confidence for success
iii. Successful techniques for motivating people do what you want
iv. Enthusiasm plus Action equals success
v. Five sure steps to success through leadership
vi. Five never- to- be forgotten keys to wealth

I learned reading this book that whether we spend life winning or losing depends on how we use our mind sight -what we choose to see or to dream. Each of us has the power to make this life a heaven of a hell depending on how we choose to dream about it. So I remember a day when I was in a village gathering and there was a renowned person who spoke that we must have to get good dream of our life and think positively to achieve the dream. We could then definitely make our dream true.

So we have to select our dream seed, prepare our mind to accept the seed, plant our dream seed, nourish our dream, and focus our energy. Put “we will” to work, Hire time to work for all. I believe that do good to others get in return good to us too.

We gain strength, courage and confidence by every experience in which we stop to look fear in the face. We are able to say to ourselves, “ We have lived through horror. We can take the next thing that comes along.
Reading this book I learned that a person's confidence is best measured by his or her willingness to take risks. Fear is best reflected by the degree to which a person seeks to avoid. When we know we look confident, we feel confident and project confident. Other people will immediately sense this and show greater respect for us.
I believe that for deep down confidence we need to tap our mind for victory memories, never defeat memories, to remember only we can control our thoughts, if what we want to moral and legal, we need to do it. We need to give our eyes the right kind of power by thinking good, positive thoughts. A loss is a lesson. We need to learn from it and proceed to greater success.

I get an opportunity to learn successful techniques for motivating people do what you want from reading this book, which I think is very important for all of us. Nothing can be successful by doing alone. It is so interesting to learn how successful people motivated the others to work for them happily. Yes! It is very important to make people do well for us. I believe that we have to tell people they look good, say nice things about their family, recognize other people's accomplishments, Admire people for their possessions, compliment people on their ideas, Praise people for trying, pass on third-party compliments and win a friend.

I believe that great success always is accompanied by great enthusiasm. On the other hand, failures always lacking in enthusiasm. Knowledge builds enthusiasm. The more we know about something, the more enthusiasm we become. Help others feel enthusiastic. It makes us even more enthusiastic. Smiling is a wonderful way to beat enemies such as disappointment, anger, frustration, disgust and fear. We can't be angry or depressed or worried when we smile. When we smile other people like.

I feel it is very important for me and I hope for all of us to know about five sure steps to success through leadership. The author has well explained about it such as;
i. Think excellence,
ii. Set winning examples,
iii. Speak up, express ourselves at every opportunity. Conquer fear by speaking up,
iv. Let other people help us we need their cooperation to achieve our goals,
v. Take risks and win admiration.

Following five keys, the author has well explained in this book are very important for gaining wealth and prosperity in our lives. They are

i. Make a complete commitment to wealth accumulation
ii. Pay our financial freedom tax. It is the seed of riches
iii. Look at advantages of taxing ourselves,
iv. Maximize what we earn. Waste not, want not. Think to ourselves that reward and sacrifice is fun iv. Use smart debt and avoid dumb debt. We need to think how we will survive, not how the economy will prosper.
vi. Participate in the coming golden age. The best is still to come.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

Yes! I feel so easy to apply successful factors which lead our lives to gain wealth and prosperity and to achieve our goals and achieve any of our endeavor. This book gives us simple and practical examples of many successful persons from business, sports and different institutions. The success stories of people mentioned in this book are really very much inspiring me which help me to strengthen my belief for achieving something in life.

I believe that the chapters explained as in the below in this book leads us toward success in every field.
1. The Successful life begins with a dream
2. Whistle while you work
3. The magic of thinking big
4. How to build confidence for success
5. Give 100% for success
6. Successful techniques for motivating people do what you want
7. Enthusiasm plus Action equals success
8. Appeal to others' self-interest to achieve your goal
9. Five sure steps to success through leadership
10. Five never-never- to be forgotten keys to wealth

Reading this book my serious attention draws on loving and enjoying our work for better health, to enjoy making sacrifices. Yes sacrifices are investment in success. I learned that professionalism and expertise are needed in every field to success our goal. I feel so happy to read personal good approaches of a young dentist and a CEO.

I believe this book really gives us a lot of tools, which we can apply in every profession.

3.What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?
Please Explain.

The most important new ideas for me from this book are 1. How to build confidence for success, 2. Motivating other people work for us, 3. Five sure steps to success through leadership, 3 Five never to be forgotten keys to wealth, to enjoy our work, 4. A step-by step guide to achieve health wealth and happiness.
The ideas to focus on minor things for success, observing customers' willingness for long run business, personal good approaches and considering of positive attitude people are some additional and important and practical ideas I learned from this book.

I feel all the topics mentioned in this book are very much relevant to achieve our goal.

4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?

Yes! This is the second book I read of the same author, this book also gives me a lot of useful tools as the previous book. They are very helpful for developing my career and for sharing them to my colleagues in our organizations. I would of course follow the ideas to my personal life and apply them to our organizations. I hope the ideas from the book will help to improve activities of our organization.

5. Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?

No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?

The most helpful idea I found from the book is about the successful techniques for motivating people to do what we want. It is really very important to succeed in every field. An individual alone is not enough to succeed any goals in any field. He/she really needs support of different experts and different people. The book clearly mentioned the best technique about how we can make people do good for us. It is very important to speed up team-work in any organizations. Similarly all the chapters mentioned in this book are as much useful as it is too.
I am sure it will help to strengthen our organization's teamwork. I will share the valuable ideas with my colleagues soon.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

I strongly believe that this book gives us very important aspects of success factor for our life gaining wealth, health and prosperity. It is so interesting to read success stories of different personalities, which really inspire me a lot. In addition to this, this book also gives practical tools, which helps us to guide step by step for achieving our goal.

The successful stories of different personalities definitely encourage us to develop enthusiasm, confidence and eagerness to do something good.

Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10.
A. How interesting was it to read? 9
B. How helpful were the contents? 10
C. How easy was it to understand? 9
D. Would you recommend it to others? 10
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

Comments
If someone likes to gain with wonderful opportunity, enthusiasm and confidence, this is the appropriate book to read.

30 Lies About Money
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.

I learned about 30 lies which is a response to a newly emerging trend, where people's interest in money is not just to try and make more of it. I agreed that to understand better the causes of the increasingly contradictory money world they find themselves in. Some of the issues; income inequity, increasing stress in making ends meet, decay of social systems, evaporation of pensions, polarization of welt third-world indebtedness, Enron and more.

I learned that money could be understood in different aspects, in one aspect it is not the most important and powerful aspect but in some other circumstances it is powerful and important aspect.
The auther has well explained about the money and its reality in different aspects which give clear picture how we do perceive them.

Yes This book promises simple understanding of these issues. This book not only exposes misleading flaws and “lies” in many universally accepted and unquestioned assumptions about money - it dissolves them.
I learned reading this book that what we used to think in generally about money is not as in the practical life.
The auther has pointed out the facts which proved them.

It is interesting to learn new thing that over 90% of the money in existence is created by commercial banks and credit card companies, marked bold in our table, not by governments and central banks. , any individual or any group of individuals can pontentially create money and put it into circulation. The condition for the functioning of one's own currency system is simply the acceptance by the third parties of the promise the money implies or contains. This idea is however so difficult at first for the mind to grasp that this is feasible. Visa is also owned by the commercial banks creating 90% of the world's money, and yet with accounts and reports that do not reveal the extend of their activities, where lies the actual focus of power, autority and responsibility in the money creation process.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

Yes! We can relate ideas of this book to our personal cicumstances in life such as how money can play an important roles in our life if it is utilized in a sufficient manner. How money can be security, how it can be the means of happiness in some extend. But I believe that one should utilize money for right manner for one's happiness, peace and prosperity

The author has interestingly presented 30 lies in this book. I think this might be worthy to share with all.
They are: 1. The lie of many happy returns 2. Money is power 3. Debt is bad 4. You need a certain amount of money to be happy 5. The best products and services make the most money 6. With money you secure to provide for your exstence 7. Money is security 8. Money is created by Governments and Central banks 9. The money in circulation is created through minting coins and printing notes 10.Money is backed by gold or some other valuable commodity 11.The health of a country may be accurately judged by looking at its GNP and other economic statistics 12.The lie where money is 13. The love of money is the root of all evil 14. The lie of the rich and the poor 15. Money is freedom 16. Work and earn money, to do what you want 17. You need money, a business plan, capital and budget to start a project 18. Everyone can make a profit 19. To sustain itself a business needs to make profit 20. The price of goods and services is mainly composed of the costs of providing them 21.Money is independence 22. Money is dependence 23. Your pensions and savings will guarantee you a peaceful old age 24. Monetory reformers lie no. 1 and 2 25. Money comes when you give it away 26. The lies about abundance 27. Money is the problem and money is the solution 28. Money is not important but makes life easier 29. Money is whatever you think it is 30.An encore on gender difference men handle money better than women

I think the out of the above topic the following topics as the auther mentioned in this book are much concerned to our beliefs, goals and values.

Money as means of freedom, money as power, money as evil, money as security, money as money to lead successful buisness, money is independence and money in some sence dependence and money is the problems and money is the solutions. These are some of the issues among the others which has been elaborated very effectively in this book. If these issues are leaned clearly with its true meaning I am sure it will possively affect our beliefs, goals and values.

3.What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?
Please Explain.

The main idea I leaned is the 30 lies about money. I have not heard all these 30 issues before. I have got an opportunity to learn about the reality or true meaning of money in different aspects. I would like to share about how interesting it is illustrated in the book about the money we deposited in bank and what we get returns from it. How the bank meets up its transaction cost. The author has well explained about it saying the lie of many happy returns. If money can be mobilised effectively it will give high return.

In regard to the topic debt is bad as stated in the book I like to share the proverb common in our country.
In our country we have a proverb that don't be afraid of debt but be afraid of time (day). I have experiences of debts and creditors since I have been involved in semi formal micro fainancial institutions. I fully agree with the idea that if debt is for the individual's unprodcutive uses it is so bad and if it is used for the productive purposes it is good. In the similar way I do agree with the idea that sometimes minimum amount of money makes one so happy. There was an incident happened in one of rural areas in Nepal. A barber had to stay ideal without certain money because he was so poor he didn't have money to buy his necessities to follow his profession. He had to work under the suppression of the owner. One day he got in contact with a micro finance institution and he was given small loan for running his profession on his own. This really changed his life.

The love of money is the root of all evil. With this idea I learned that money can be evil if we attached to it deeply. I know one event that one rich man is so attached with his money. He was so ill and even though his mind is with his money. He suffered a lot with this and he died with full of tense. I know some people who marry for money and their live is full of tense. This all are event that shows if we attached to money the live becomes full of evil.

In addition to this I have leaned that money is the means for fulfilling our necessaries. We can make a sustainable business and good profit with effective management of money. Money plays a role in the exchanges that we make with one another . Used in the way our relationship to each other is enhanced through these exchanges, helps more of these exchanges happen and with greater quality. Used in a bad way the reverse can be happen. Money can appear to be the source of conflict. In neither case however is money itself the source or cause of the fortunate or unfortunate result; the happy or unhappy circumstances; which we may mistakenly describe as being “ dependent on money”.

4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?

Yes! This book has made some changes of my thinking. I have some feeling that money is mostly well handled by men. But it is not all true money is well handled by women too. In addition to this I have developed feeling though money is not that much important but it cerntainly makes life easier.

There is strong feeling in the societies that money is the main factor for any one in any corner of life. Nothing happens without money. People must need money to be happy. While reading this books it clearly gives ideas how money is powerful in some aspect and how it may be dangerous in the other aspect.

I am sure this book will change the thinking of those who have their own perception of money which is not actually true.

I have thought that money is not everything. I often think about one saint's saying of money that money can buy bed but not sleep, can buy food but not appetite, money can buy flower but not smelling, and money can't buy love. While reading this book I have developed feeling that money can also play a very important roles in some critical situations like to care of a ill patient, to provide employment opportunities, money can be the solutions of social, economic and ecological problems. Money can however show up as part of the expression of the (relationship) problem and be intelligently used as part of the solution of the problem in two interesting ways. First in the form of payment -movement of money the transfer of which helps to reinstate the relationship. But secondly, and this is a new congition for most to help pinpoint precisely where the relationship problem is located, so that this may be well resolved.

5. Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?

No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?

The most helpful idea I found from the book is about the true picture of money in different aspects. It is helpful for me how we could utilize money in an effective manner.

As I read this book I thought that the most important thing is to understand money properly. The auther has precisely stated 30 different aspects which is very much helpful to know about money. I like to point outs the topic money can makes our life easier in some extend. Money can be power to strengthen one's ability for earning which can make him or happy.

The other most important and helpful topic for me from reading this book is “ To sustain itself a business needs to make profit” It is amazing to read about the story of Amazon.com and about the hotel industries in Austria. It is really very important to give evidence that principals of sustainability of an enterprise may be and probably are founded on factors that are entirely independent on financial profit or loss.

For an institution it is very important to know about the financial indicators, cost of capital, turnover or profit which plays a crucial role for sustaining a business.

In addition I feel so interesting to read about the lie no.21 as stated that “Money is independence” It is so interesting to read the story of Rosella and Anna's bar from Italy. Rossella and Anna's bar is simple but already by far the best in town, with a warm welcoming atmosphere, well designed and chic equipment and furniture and best bar food. “They posses a natural, unaffected self-assurance that marks this independent spirit. No amount of money can buy this quality. On the contrary, the resources and money needed to get the business going were undoubtedly attracted by it. Becoming independent may represent a step in the natural development and evolution of a person or people, one that occurs at a certain point in life, cannot be stopped and is once it occurs, irreversible. It seems simple but I feel it very important.

While reading this book, I found this important to share with you. Money is simply like an empty slate-in the form of metal (coin), paper (note) or electronic, virtual space (account) on which your thought, quality or thing is projected. Wherever we have a statement of what money is for you, or statement containing the word money, simply replace the word money with “I” so “Money is freedom” becomes “ I am freedom” or I am free.” Money is power” becomes “ I am power” or “I am powerful” but money is the root of all evel” also becomes “ I am the root of all all evil” Do not judge yourself or this statement negatively in this process, or try to be rational about figuring out the meaning.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

In my opinion the author's aim is to give clear and true picture of money which is very important to all of us. It is very interesting book. It has clearly stated money in different aspects whether it can be power, independent or dependant, value of money for what we want. It can be evil if it is utilized improperly. So this book gives us the real meaning of money in different circumstances.

Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10.

A. How interesting was it to read? 8
B. How helpful were the contents? 8
C. How easy was it to understand? 9
D. Would you recommend it to others? 10
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

Comments
If someone likes to know about the reality of money and its uses of different aspects he or she should study this book. .

Built to Last Successful Habits of Visionary Companies
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.

This book is not a book about charismatic visionary leaders. It is not about visionary product concepts or visionary products or visionary market insights. Nor is it about just having a corporate vision. This is a book about something for more important enduring, and substantial. This is a book about visionary companies. So write jim collins and Jery porras in this ground breaking book that shatters myths, provides new insights, and gives practical guidance to those who would like to build landmark companies that stand the test of time. It has cearly presented the successful story of Motorola how it is able to move from a humble battery repair business into integrated circuits and cellular communications, while Zenith never became commitment in anything other thatn TVs? How did Boing unseat Mcdonnall Dougles as the worlds best commercial aircraft company-what did Boing have that Mcdonnall Douglas lacked?

It is really very important book for those who have strong willingness to set up a visionary company. The writers have presented hundreds of specific examples of visionary companies and organized into a coherent framework of practical concepts that can be applied by managers and entrepreneurs an all levels.
This book has presented research report of world's well known visionaries companies as the following:
1. 3M 2. American Express 3. Boeng 4. Citicorp 5. Ford 6. General Electric 7. Hewlett-Packard 8. IBM 9. Johnson & Johnson 10. Marriott 11. Merck 12. Motorolla 13. Nordstrom 14. Philip Morris 15. Procter & Gamble 16. Sony 17. Wal-Mart and Walt Disney.

This book has been divided into 11 chapters 1. The best of the best 2. Clock Building, not time telling 3. More than profits 4. Preserve the core/stimulate progress 5. Big hairy Audacious Goals 6. Cult-like cultures 7. Try a lot of stuff and keep what works 8. Home-grown management 9. Good enough never is 10. The end of the Beginning 11. Building the vision respectively.

I thought all these chapters are very important to me and all the research questions as well. The research questions are
1. I am not CEO. What can I do with these findings?
2. Is there hope for old, large, non-visionary corporations?
3. What guidance would you give to a visionary company that seems to be losing its visionary status-like, say, IBM?
4. Are there any people who can't build a visionary company?
5. Do your findings apply to nonprofit organizations?
6. How does your book fit other works, such as in search of excellence?
7. You studied the past. Do you worry that your findings might become obsolete in the twenty-first century?

However; I like to share some of interesting and important aspect of the book to about the twelve shattered myths. They are:
Myth1: It takes a great idea to start a great company.
Myth 2: Visionary companies require great and charismatic visionary leaders
Myth3: The most successful companies exist first and foremost to maximize profits.
Myth4. Visionary companies share a common subset of “correct” core values.
Myth5. The only constant is change.
Myth6. Blue-chip companies play it safe.
Myth7: Visionary companies are great place to work, for everyone
Myth8. Highly successful companies make their best moves by brilliant and complex strategic planning.
Myth9: Companies should hire outside CEOs to stimulate fundamental change
Myth10. The most successful companies focus primarily on beating the competition.
Myth11: You can't have your cake and eat too.'
Myth12: Companies become visionary primarily through “vision statements.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

It is a really very inspiring book to me. Yes. I can relate ideas of this book to my personal circumstances. I have experienced of working in a research center in my country. Once I read this book it is more clear and is really very much useful to me to apply the research tool in the practical way that is why I have put the research questions above as the import aspect. As I read the book I learned that all the successful companies need to follow with different circumstances and challenges as an individual to his or her life. It really gives me more practical ideas about the companies mentioned in this book including visionary companies from the USA and Sony company from Japan. How world's greatest visionary companies have been successful to maintain their reputation from the long time of history.

It is really very worthwhile for me to to learn from the book as it is has applied the Yin/yang symbol from Chinese dualistic philosophy. I learn serious meaning of the symbol. Yes! I fully agree with “Tyranny of the Or” the rational view that cannot easily accept paradox, that cannot live with two seemingly contradictory forces or ideas at the same time. The “Tyranny of the Or” pushes to believe that things must be either A or B, but not both. It makes such proclamations as:
“You can have change or stability”
“You can be conservative or bold.”
“ You can have low cost or high quality”
“ You can have creative autonomy or consistency and control.'
“You can invest for the future or do well in the short-term.”
“You can make progress by methodical planning or by opportunistic grouping.”
“ You can create wealth for your shareholders or do good for the world”
“ You can be idealistic (values -driven ) or pragmatic (Profit-driven.)”
It really makes me feel much secure and confident in my believe.

3. What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?

I have learned about the visionary companies more precisely reading this book. I learned that visionary companies are premier institutions the crown jewels - in their industries, widely admired by their peers and having a long track record of making a significant impact on the world around them. I have learned that the key point of it is that a visionary company is an orgainization – an institution. All individual leaders, no matter how charismatic or visionary, eventually die; and all visionery products and services - all “great idea”-eventually become obsolete. Indeed, entire markets can become obsolete and disappear. Yet visionaly companies prosper over long periods of time, though multiple product life cycles and multiple generations of active leaders.
I have leaned about effective management, the very wonderful slogans of the visionary companies how they do the best services for the customers around the world.

I like to share some of ideas that I learned from this book.
The George Marck saying “ I want to…express the principle which we in our company have endeavored to live up to… Here is how it sums up: We try never to forget that medicine is for the people. It is not for the profits. The profits follow, and if we have remembered that they have never failed to appear. The better we have remembered it, the larger they have been.

I am so happy to read that when Masaru Ibuka started Sony among the ruins of a defeated and devastated 1945 Japan, he rented an abandoned telephone operation's room in the hollow remants of a bombed and burned out old department store in downtown Tokyo and, with seven employees and $1,600 of personal savings, began work.” But what should be the first priorities? What should he do first among the depressing ruins? Generate cash flow? Figure out what business to be in ? Launch products? Develop customers? He did developed concrete tasks and succeed to the whole world. I am so happy to learn that Sony has a principle of respecting and encouraging one's ability … and always tries to bring out the best in a person. This is the vital force of Sony.” Likewise I am so happy to learn about Johnson & Johnson, which always intend to serve the best to the people around the world. I am so impressed to read it saying that we believe that our first responsibility is to the doctors, nurses, hospitals, mothers and all the others who use our products. Our product must always be of the highest quality. We must constantly strive to reduce the cost of the these products. Our orders must be promptly and accurately filled. Our dealers must make a fair profit.

I am so inspired to read the purpose of Motorola to honorably serve the community by providing products and services of superior quality at a fair price to their customers to do this so as to earn an adequate profit which is required for the enterprise to grow, and by so doing provide the opportunity for their employees and shareholders to achieve their reasonable personal objectives.

In addition to this I feel so happy to learn about the ideologies of the visionaries companies mainly like 3M, American Express, Boeing, Citicorp, Ford, General Electric, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Johnson & Johnson, Marriott, Merck, Motorola, Nordstrom, Philip Morris, Procter & Gamble, Sony, WalMart and Walt Disney

4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?

Yes! I feel more confident about the visionary companies reading this book. Yes! this book inspires me a lot. I have developed some feeling that good result comes with the hard efforts. I believe in cause and effect aspect and reading this book makes me my believe more strong. As I read the book the fact of Dysneyland made learn more. I am so impressed with learning the experience from its trainer. The trainees learn quickly that
Employees are “cast members”,
Customers are “guests”
A crowd is an “audience”
A work shift is a “performance”
A job is a “part”
A job description is a “script”
A uniform is a “costume”
The personnel departnemt is “casting”
Being on duty is “onstage”
Being off duty is “backstage.
I really feel so much inspired to know about what Disney make. I am so happy to learn that Disney make people happy. I feel really encouraged to learn that the trainer saying Disneyland make people happy no matter who they are, what language they speak, what they do, where they come from, what color they are, or anything else. We are here to make them happy. Nobody has been hired for a job. Everybody has been cast for a role in our show. Apart from that the experiences of different CEOs from the visionary companies make me gain more to my life.

5. Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?

No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?

I found the ideaologies of the visionary companies very helpful. I have read about BHAGs (Big Hairy Audacious Goals) first time which seems a particularly powerful mechanism to stimulate progress. I have not heard about it before. I found the practical experiences of Johnson and Johnson's product like toilet, surgical products and baby powder.

I found the five lessons for CEOs, Mangers and Entrepreneurs which 3M use as a blueprint are very helpful to organizatons. They are:

* “Give it a try-and quick” It clearly states that if one thing fails, try an other. Fix. Try. Do. Adujst. Move. Act No matter what, don't sit still. Vigorous action-especially in response to unexpected opportunities or specific customer problems-create variation.

* Accept that mistake will be made. We have to accept mistakes and failures as a integral part of the evolutionary process.

* Take small steps: Of course, it's easier to tolerate failed experiments when they are just that-experimets, not massive corporate failures. It is interesting learn about “seeds and fruit” used by Masura Ibuka at Sony to convey the concept of small, idiosyncratic problems as the starting point of great opportunities.

* Give People the room they need.

* Mechanisms about building the ticking clock

In addition to this I found the disciplines visionary company stressed are very helpful. Visionary companies, we learned, attain their extraordinary position not so much because of superior insight or special “secrets” of success, but largely because of the simple fact that they are so terribly demanding of themselves. Becoming and remaining a visionary company requires oodles of plain old fashioned discpline, hard work and a visceralrevulsio to any tendency toward smug self satisfaction.

Discipline is the greatest thing in the world. Where there is no discipline, there is no character. And without character, there is no progress. Adversity gives us opportunities to grow. And we usually get what we work for. If we have problems and overcome them, we grow tall in character, and the qualities that bring success.
Consequently it is so helpful to learn about the founding roots of visionary companies and comparison companies.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

The main idea of this book is to give clear picture so visionary companies. Visionary companies are not set for short term but for long term. These companies have their own core ideology, core values and core purposes. This book clearly reveals the clear picture of visionary companies with conducting depth survey of well known visionaries companies as mentioned above. It has presented long term experiences of the companies like how they have been successful with carrying out quality services to the people from around the world. This book has presented the brilliant and lucid analysis of the visionary companies. It has presented different many specific examples of the companies which are so helpful to many organizations.

Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10.
A. How interesting was it to read? 10
B. How helpful were the contents? 9
C. How easy was it to understand? 9
D. Would you recommend it to others? 10
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

Comments
Very good book, the CEOs of different organizations.
 

The Power of Failure
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.

The power of failure offers both inspiration and advice on how failure can provide us with the foundation of long-term success. This is one of the most important books I have ever read. This book is presented with very inspiring and real life examples and stories of well-known figures, and filled with practical strategies that we can put to use immediately to fulfill our dreams. It has precisely explained about the 27 ways to turn life's setback into success. I like to present these 27 ways which are very useful to learn for developing our own professional as well as personal character of each of us. They are

1.To succeed more fail more
2. Be a successful learner by learning from failure
3. Recognize failure as the lifeblood of success
4. Learn the challenging secret to successful failure…patience
5. Overcome the success catch-22
6. In the face of failure, search for opportunities, not obstacles
7. To be a real success, you must fail
8. Sometimes when you win, you lose
9. Sometimes when you lose, you win
10. Succeed at win/win not win/lose
11. Succeed at being a “Tryer” even when you're a failure
12.Help others win, even at your own expense, to help yourself
13. Lose a disagreement to build a relationship
14. When you feel that you're “Losing it,” declare “Temporary Sanity”
15. Accept when failure is really failure
16. Choose to be happy over being right
17. Use EQ to cooperate with failure to succeed
18. Let Mental storms blow through
19.Use failure to master yourself
20. Discover success at the point of maximum pessimism
21. Both beauty and ugliness are in the eye of the beholder
22.Fail small to succeed big
23. See the magnificent in the Minimal
24. Succeed at living in the present moment
25. Continually invest for success…even in the face of failure
26. Sometimes chose to get in over your head to get ahead and
27. When you feel lost and demoralized by your life path, blaze a new one

Personally I get through different experiences going through three different professions in my life. Currently I am in business and sometimes I felt it is so difficult and think it is failure to my life but I am not true this book gives me very good lessons that what I am doing is not failure but it is near to success.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

Yes! I can relate ideas of this book to my personal circumstances. The whole book is very inspiring and lesson learning for me. When we do work in life we do mistakes and we need to learn from the mistake to succeed what we do. I have strong feeling that mistakes are learning opportunities. This book proves clear idea of it. I feel so happy to read this book. One of my relatives used to say that one who works more gets more rewards, more mistakes and more criticism. If he or she takes criticisms and mistakes as to learn for improving his/her future it really helps him or her so. As the book stated that challenges are disguised opportunities, differences are gifts, mistakes are learning opportunities and when we try our best and are willing to learn, we always succeed, even if we don't achieve the results we hoped for.

I am very much happy to read the new definition of failure and new definition of success which really inspired me to empower my personal development and hope for the others as well. I like to mention the new definition of failure and success which might be interesting to any one.

The New Definition of Failure
A short term unexpected result that reflects challenge in progress and that provides :
A stepping stone to success
An opportunity for learning and development
An opportunity for creative change and innovation

The New Definition of Success
A way of living founded on benefiting from all life has to offer that is:
A long-term sequence of life improving results
An outcome of short-term setbacks and failures
A process of continual development, learning and fulfillment in life.

In addition to this I feel very much inspired to read the practical experiences of successful personalities like CEO Tom Waston of IBM who reportedly responded that if the young man wanted to welcome more successful he should do the seemingly unthinkable - fail, Bill Gates as saying once you embrace unpleasant news not as negative but as evidence of a need for change, you aren't defeated by it. Experience of Soichiro Honda, CEO Steve Ballmer of Micro Soft and many more experiences of individuals and organizations. This examples give great value to motivate myself very much.

3.What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?
Please Explain.

Most of the things in this book are new lessons for me. Mainly I learned the concept of failures clearly while I read this book. I really agree that failure is a short term unexpected result that reflects challenge in progress and that provides a stepping stone to success, an opportunity for learning and development, an opportunity for creative change and innovation.

In addition to this I leaned that everyday life is filled with potential win/lose situations such as disagreements, misunderstandings or when more than one person wants the same thing - whether it's a last piece of sale clothing or to be chosen from many candidates for promotion into a single open job position. Unfortunately, such win/lose encounters can be demoralizing and damaging to relationships.

It is very important that if we can learn to accept failure as a necessary part of life and then take from it the valuable lessons it offers, we can transcend it. Sometimes it's best to not try to deny or redefine failure but to effectively cope and cooperate with it for future success.

Moreover; I think it is very important to learn about the failure as failure when we chose an unethical or immoral act selfishly in a way that harms others, perpetrate an international destructitve deception on others, commit to something and don't follow through, not because of an honest mistake or personal lack of current capabililty, but because we don't make a sincere effort to honor our commitment. The author has illustrated some examples of classical history, the story of David who committed murder of a husband of a woman to get her, examples of former president of the USA and so on. It is really new things for me to learn about the differences between Emotional Intellingence and Intelligence quotient from reading this book.

4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?

Yes! Reading this book I become more clear about the meaning of failure which I used to think in somehow negatively before. But it makes me clear that failure is not negative. My thinking was some how related to old definition which is clearly stated in this book as failure is a negative, fetal and final result of indicating an inability to perform and a lack of success, a falling short because of ineptness deficiency or negligence and a bad thing that should be avoided, mourned and punished.

I have experienced currently with some difficulties in my new profession of business and I used to get disappointed mostly, and I used to think this matter as some how failure. However; reading this book really change my feeling. It has clearly given many examples like of mine. And the author presented many more successful stories of many personalities who had faced many difficult situations. I really agree that failure is a natural part of life that can impact us positively or negatively depending on how we define it, we must learn from failure to get success, have to view failures as stepping stones to success.

I am very much inspired to read Bill Gates thought “ Once you embrace unpleasant news not as negative but as evidence of a need for change, you aren't defeated by it. You are learning from it. He himself experienced with some events and later on got a great success.

This all stories and all the practical experiences of people from different corner really changed my mind to cope with the difficult situation and to understand it more and to face with the situations which are challenging.

5. Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?

No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?

The most helpful idea from reading this book is about the power of failure which insightfully captures very practical and powerful strategies for turning failure into success. It is really helpful to learn how failure can provide us with the foundation for long run success.

I would like to share some of the very helpful aspects from reading this book which really inspires us all. Success is the 1% that results from the 99% we call failure. The critical bridge between vision and execution is patience. We tend to most resist failure when we most want to succeed.. yet to succeed in new, challenging, and meaningful ways we must fail. Long term success is largely influenced by our capacity to withstand defeat..and to focus on opportunities rather than obstacles. By wrestling with failure we grow strong wings for soaring to success. The shortest route to victory may be a trap that can cost us more than we stand to gain. Perservere in the face of a short-term loss.. it could be the prelude to an even greater victory in the end. When in conflict work to satisfy the others involved as well as yourself for a better and more lasting result.

It is important to understand the concept of Baron Pierre de Coubetin, the founder of the modern Olympic games as he expresses “ The most important thing in the Olympic Games is not to win but to take part, just as the most important thing in life is not the triumph but the struggle. The essential thing is not to have conquered but to have fought well.” This is very important to understand by all.

An irony: by focusing on helping others get what they want, and not on our own personal gain, we stand to gain a great deal.

In addition to this it is important that if we can learn to accept failure as a necessary part of life and then take from it the valuable lessons it offers, we can transcend it. Sometimes it is best to not try to deny or redefine failures but to effectively cope and cooperate with it for future success. Honestly facing our “real failures” can help free us from a dark past and prepare us for a bright future. When you find yourself in a battle of egos, learn to ask: “Do I want to be happy or to be right?” It is really true that sometimes the capacity for the greatest success comes from wrestling with large even overwhelming, challenges.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

This book clearly shows that failure as an essential component of personal and professional success. The main idea of this book is to convey message of failure as challenges which are disguised opportunities, can spur positive change, setbacks catalyze creative coping skills and collaboration with failure can be an ongoing part of being successful.

In addition we all can learn the art of successful living when we learn to harness the power of failure. I think this book has clearly stated variety of life and work challenges to give clear view of turning setbacks into success. The author clearly pointed out failure as a natural part of everyday life, failure at its best is a stepping stone to success a challenging in progress and the lifeblood of a successful life.

Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10.
A. How interesting was it to read? 9
B. How helpful were the contents? 9
C. How easy was it to understand? 9
D. Would you recommend it to others? 10
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

Comments
It is really a very important book to read for learning practical aspects of failures to lead one's successful life.

The Essential Gandhi
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.

Mahatma Gandhi was the father of modern India, but his influence has spread well beyond the subcontinent and is as importanct today as it was in the first part of the twentith century and during this nation's own civil rights movement. Taken from Gandhi's writings thoughout his life, this book introduces us to his thoughts on politics, spirituality, poverty, suffering, love, nonviolence, civil disobedience, and his own life. The pieces collected here, with explanatary head notes by Gandhi biographer Louis Fischer, offer the clearest, most thorough portrait of one of the greatest spiritual leaders the world has known.

The whole book is inspiring one for me. I learned how spiritual prospect works in the difficult circumstances which we can see Mahatma Gandhi approached during his time in South Africa, India and so on.
I heard a lot about Mahatma Gandhi for his nonviolence proccession and for his compassion to human beings not only in India but to the whole world. By reading this book I got an opportunity to learn about his life more deeply. How he has struggled here and there, how he went through the non violence proccession which make India free from Britain, how he help depriped sectors of people of India. It is really very interesting to know his service to humankind.

I often heard about the word “Satyagraha” which was lead by Mahatma Gandhi. I don't know exactly what is this. While read this book, I understand about it. Satya means truth implies love and firmness, Agraha engenders to serve as a synonym for force that is to say the froce which is born of truth and love or non violence. I really appreciate Gandhi's non violence movement which is called Ahimsha is Shanskrit.
I like to share some very interesting matters from the book such as “it is evident that a form of reading called lectio divina (divine, or spiritual, reading) was essential to any deliberate spiritual life. This kind of reading is quite different from scannin a text for useful facts and bits of information, or advancing along an exciting plot line to a climax in the action. It is rather a editative approach by shich the reader seeks to savor and taste the besuty and truth of every phrase and passage.

There are four steps in lectio divina, to read, next to meditate, then to rest in the sens of God's nearness and ultimately, to resolve to govern one's actions in the light of new understanding.
Yes! it is really very important hat Gadhi made a cornerstone of his campain for national freedom the freedom of those whom the rest of India called “untouchable”. He campaigned for them from the Himalayas to India's southernmost tip.

It is really important to know that how Gandhi was inspired by the book so called John Ruskins' Unto This Last. Gandhi started reading it the moment the train left Johansburg and read all night.
That book marked the turning poit in his life. He said that he discovered some of his deepest convictions reflected in this great book of Ruskin's and that is why it is so captured him and made him transform his life. A poet is one who can call forth the good latent in the human breast.

The teachings of Unto This last he quoted are worthy to share:
1. that the good of the individual is contained in the good of all.
2. That a lawyer's work has the same value as the barber's, in as much as all have the same right of earning their livelihood form their work.
3. That a life of labour- life of the tiller of the soil and the handicraftman-is the life worth living.

It is important to note that the leaders or every clean movement are bound to see that they admit only clean fighters to it. But all their caution notwith standing, undesirable elements cannot be kept out. And yet, if the leaders are fearless and true, the entry of undesirable persons into the movement without the knowing them to be so, doen't ultimately harm the cause.

Gandhi's first book which he wrote his first book in South Africa which is called Hind Swaraj or indian home rule. It is about his future dream. This book teaches the gospel of love in place of that of hate. It replaces violence with self scrifice. It pits soul-force against brute force.

I agree that for spiritual seekers Gandhi showed us the spiritual life need not mean retiring to monastery or cave. It can be pursued in the midst of family community, and a career of selfless service. Gandhi was a unique person, a great person, perhaps the greatest figure of the last nineteen hundred years. And his words have been preserved as they came from his mouth and pen.

So it is really a very good book for the best leadership of human beings of the world.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

Yes! I can. This book gives a very important lessons as how we do use the spiritual power for achieving some good results. As I have studied this book I reaslized that everybody has good potential to make people happy. It is so sad that there are descrimination of color, castes and so on in the societies mainly in India. I really feel so so good that Ghandhi had brought many horizons to his Asharam. They could get the opportunity to flourish their potentiality. It really make me feel so good and encouraged me.

It really makes me feel some thing strong to do for the well beings of human beings. I feel so great to read Gandhi about how he choosed the way to bring more suffering people to the light. It really makes me inspired. Gandhi choose Shantiniketan, a school in Bangal maintained by Rabindra Nath Tagore, India's great novelist and poet laureate, who won the Nobel Prize for literature in 1913. Tagore and Gandhi revered one another. It was Tagore, apparently, who conferred on Gandhi the title of Mahatma- “The Great soul in beggar's garb,” Tagore said. Gandhi called Tagore “The Great Sentinel” and “the poet”

Gandhi sought his own hermitage or “ashram” and founded it at Sabarmati, across the Sabarmati River from the city of Ahmedabad. Gandhi then had no room for his private law. He devoted for the truth and to the best service of human kind. Gandhi has brought all the untouchables (suppressed classes or schedule classes” to his Asharam. Gandhi called them “Harijans”-children of God” and later named his weekly magazine after them. His fight against the system of untouchability was ferocious and lifelong. The question of untouchability was naturally among the subjects discussed with the Ahmedabad friends (Persons who live in Gandhi's Satyagraha Ashram). Gandhi made it clear that he should take the first opportunity of admitting an untouchable candidates to the Ashram if he was otherwise worthy.

How inspiring it is that Gandhi told to the people of India “ I do want to attain Moksha (Salvation, merging with God). I do not want to be reborn. But if I have to be reborn I should be born an untouchable so that I may share their sorrows, sufferings and the affronts levelled at them in order that I may endeavor to free myself and them from that miserable condition.”

How compassionate person Gandhi is. It is so rare to have this type of the person in this world. This inspires not only to me to the all who are here to serve for the welfare of human beings.

3. What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?

The above the most important concept I have learned from this book is about Mahatma Gandhi's best contribution to the people of India and to the whole world. Apart from the lessons I mentioned above the lessons Gandhi gave to labour before they went on strike were seem very important. They are:
1. never to resort to violence
2. never to molest (not-strikers)
3. never to depend upon alms, and
4. to remain firm no matter how long the strike continued and to earn bread during the strike bye any other honest labour

It really encouraged the labours and they went on strike for 21 days. So the most important thing from reading this book for me is about the non-violence movement of Gandhi which became great successful in India to liberate it from British occupy.

Yes! I do believe that non-violence is infinitely superior to violence, forgiveness is more manly that punishment. But forgiveness only when there is the power to punish. Strength doesn't come from physical capacity. It comes from an indomitable will. A definite forgiveness would mean a definite recognition of our strength. It maters little to me that for the moment I do not drive my point home.

Gandhi is really a saintly person. His contribution to India is always in the heart of Indian people. In addition to this his spiritual contribution to the human kind is always in the heart of all the people around the world.
Gandhi's spiritual contribution for preserving human value is really the greatest contribution. I really appreciate it.

It is really worthy to learn about Gandhi's political principles. He pointed out that A man who is truthful will not believe charges even against his foes. He will, however, tr to understand the viewpoints of his opponents and will always keep an open mind and seek every opportunity of serving his opponents. Gandhi had endevored to apply this law in his lelations with Englishment and Europeans in general in South Africa as well as here and not withou some success.

So we could think how important is it to apply this law inour homes, in our relations, in our domestic affairs, in connection with our won kith and kin. So we really have to adopt true morality and rationality.

4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?

Yes! this book strengthen my thinking of god as truth and unconditional love. This book rally makes me believe on it. Gandhi said that God is life, truth and light. He is love, ethics and morality, moreover god is fearlessness. He is all good things to all human beings. He is ever forgiving for he always gives us the chance to repent. He is the greatest democrat the world knows for he leaves us “ unfettered” to make our own choice between evil and good.

I really appreciate that Gandhi attacked the institution of child marriage as “ fruitful source of life, adding to the population. Any tradition, however ancient, if inconsistent with morality is fit to be banished from the land. The institution of child widowhood and child marriage may be considered to be an ancient tradition, and even so many and ancient horrible belief and supperstituous practice. Gandhi told that he would sweep them out of existence if he had the power. It is irreligion, not religion, to give religious sanction to a brutal custom. He said this custom of child marriage is both a moral as well as a physical evil. Fight for not mere political awakening but an all round awakening-social, educational, moral, economic and political. He really faced the big challenge and brought a very good revolution for the human well beings. He postponed marriage till a boy or girl is well advanced (over sixteen and nearer twenty), and is capable of shouldering burden. The way to do it is for those who feel the necessity of reform to initiate it themselves and advocate it among the neighbors. Gandhi also put question about the practices of female purity why not male purity.

This book really gives me more clear ideas about these issues which I ever get confused.

5. Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?

No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?

I found this book very helpful. It is very helpful to learn about Gandhi's views about the untouchables, child marriages, widows and so on. In addition to this Gandhi's program was Hindu-Moslem unity, the removal of untouchability and the promotion of nomespun. Gandhi's program in its simlpest tems remained the same for decades. The nation needed to be strengthened from within. Gandhi felt otherwise resolutions in favor of independence were empty words an vain gestures.

Similarly it is very helpful to learn about Non violence movement that Gandhi initiated. I like to point out Gandhi's saying in the prison that stimulated himself and about the jails. He said “ Jail for is not a jail at all… We have no strangers. All strangers are friends, including criminals, as also jailors. We have here in (Yeravda Prison) learned to recognize friends among animals. We have a cat who is a revelation. And if we had vision enough we should appreciate the language of trees and plants and value their friendship.”
Self-control is the best thing for a prisoner and his friends and dear ones. But self-control to be self -control must brace one up. It becomes mechanical or superimposed wht it unneres or saddens one. Train yourself to feel happy.

Therefore this book is really helpful to learn about best services for humanity, struggle for the traditional practices which are not religious. It is really very inspiring to learn about Gandhi's best contribution for making India independent with is non violence movement. It is really worthy to learn how Gandhi make people involve in discipline manner.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

The main idea of this book is about the Gandhi and his best contribution to the suffer people of India, South Africa and so on. His contribution for humanity, non violence, spiritual practices are very important today as it was in the first part of the twentieth century. Gandhi introduces us about his thoughts on politics, spirituality, poverty, suffering, love, non-violence, civil disobedience and his own life.
This books conveys the massage that how Gandhi was clear to recognize human values, how he conributed for the well being of humanity.

8. Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10.
A. How interesting was it to read? 10
B. How helpful were the contents? 9
C. How easy was it to understand? 8
D. Would you recommend it to others? 9
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 8

Comments
It is a good book.

How to make collaboration work
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you?

Most of the contents of this book are very important. It reveals all the aspects of collboration work such as the power of collaborative action, The process of Human Problem solving, Involving the relevant stakeholders, build consensus phase by phase, design a process map, designate the process facilitator, facilitative leadership, collaborative organizations, collaborative communities and where to go.

Everyday we work with others to solve problems and make decisions, but the experience is often stressful, frustrating, and inefficient. In How to make Collaboration work, the author David Straus, a pioneer in the field of group problem solving, introduces five principles of collaboration that have been proven successful time and again in nearly every conceivable setting.

The author in his thirty years of personal and professional experience to show how these principles have been applied by organizations as diverse as Ford Motor company, the U.S. Environmental protection Agency, Harvard Business School Publishing, Boston Public Schools, Kaiser Permanente, the city of Denver, and many others.

How to make collaboration work shows how collaboration can become a joy rather than a chore - a kind of chemical reaction that releases far more energy than it consumes.

Lawyers, consultants, accountants and managers need to learn how to manage conflict and build effective teams. Straus captures in this lively book all the best learning about how professionals can facilitate collaboration.

This book translates complex ideas and profound insights into powerful principles about how people can work together effectively.

In addition to this I like to highlight some of the important aspects from this book which I think is helpful to those who are associated to the organizational development and collaboration work.

It is interesting to learn that the author saying problems not as negative. He defines a problem as "a situation that someone wants to change." Problem solving, therefore, in its most general sense, is situation changing or taking action. It includes most of what we do all day long: communicating, learning, planning, working, and making decisions.

It is very interesting to learn about problem solving heuristics. There is no one right way to solve problems. Likewise, there is no one right way to collaborate. At best, collaborative problem solving is an educated trial-and-error process. This is an important realization for groups that get mired in fighting over the right way to approach a problem. Group members must learn that it's more productive to simply select a problem-solving approach and see if it works. If it doesn't, they can try another. It is important to recognize strategic moments.

An example is illustrated as follows:
Brainstorming, a common way of generating ideas, can be applied to different problems in many different fields. Problem solving skills such as 1. self-confident, flexible problem solver, 2. Repertoire of heuristic strategies 3. Awareness that strategies exist 4. Externalization of problem solving experiences.

The author has well defined the involvement of relevant stakeholders in the collaborative works such as 1. Those with the formal power to make decision 2. Those with the power to block a decision 3. Those affected by a decision 4. Those with relevant information or expertise.

I found designing a process map very helpful. It is possible to design in advance a collaborative process- a pathway to reaching consensus-without knowing what the consensus will look like. Thus our third key principle of collaboration is: Design a process map. A clear but flexible "road map" will enable you and your fellow stakeholders to navigate with your own content and ultimately arrive at consensus. And all stakeholders should be involved in collaboratively designing such a road map.

To understand how process design can work for you, let's explore four elements of this topic.

1. Process design in the context of a pathways to Action model
2. Agenda planning as a kind of simple process design
3. How to read and design process maps
4. How stakeholders can be involved in process design

Process map is wonderful design tool, much like an architect's drawing for a building. It helps people visualize a process, identify potential problems, and gain a sense of assurance that consensus building will be managed in an organized, methodical manner. In addition, a process map does the following:

Educates key stakeholders and constituent groups about consensus processes

Builds support for an effort by demonstrating commitment to thoughtful planning and collaboration

Illustrates visually how different sets of stakeholders will be included in a process

Illustrates for key decision makers and resource providers, in a single graphic, the entire flow of a project from start to finish, including the phases, when and how people will be involved what meetings will be organized, and so forth

Enables latecomers to quickly understand the flow of a process

Schedules critical meetings on a common calendar and provides a focal point for resolving complicated issues of sequence and timing

Reminds individuals of what needs to be done by a certain time

Leads people toward the broader context and purpose of meeting or activity

Facilitates the management of multiple tracks of concurrent activities as a working hypothesis from which a group may consciously choose to deviate

Provides an overview to help a steering committee contemplate the many process issues involved in a collaborative effort

Acts as a scaffold on which to hang and move new and changing ideas

Documents what occurs in a project, thereby serving as a historical record

I found designate a process facilitator an important aspect as well. Facilitation is one of those ideas that simply works. As an approach to running meetings, it has been applied in almost every conceivable situation around the world. The role of facilitator is effective in seminar, workshops and international conferences. and it seems acceptable and adaptable to most cultures. It has been a great personal joy to see the idea of facilitation spread so widely.

Facilitation is an approach to leading collaborative meetings, works because it promotes and supports consensus building and the search for win win solutions. It can be used in conjunction with any problem-solving method or planning process. It shares responsibility with participants and encourages them to be more facilitative themselves - In other words, it builds in a set of checks and balances among meeting participants. It helps participants make conscious choices about content and process-what they want to talk about and how they want to do it; prevents the individual with the most positional power or the most content expertise from controlling a meeting; ensures that everyone has a chance to participate in a meeting; that everyone in a meeting will work on the same problem using the same heuristic strategy a the same time and educates stakeholders about the skills, mind-sets and heartsets behind collaboration.

In the similar facilitative leadership is also important aspect for collaboration work.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your goals, your values etc? Explain

Yes! This book really helps me to develop my thinking on making group consensus phase by phase. We have usually been doing the group consensus with having views of all the concerns. It is very helpful for me to read four aspects to grasp idea of making consensus. They are:

1. The definition and benefits of consensus
2. How consensus is built
3. The differences between facilitated, collaborative problem solving and mediated negotiation.
4. What happens if you can't reach consensus

The concept of consensus building is particularly powerful because it connects with both our minds and our hearts. It speaks to both what is possible and what is right what makes practical sense and what is the moral thing to do. The rational argument is favor of consensus building is that consensus building produces a higher quality decision than other decision-making processes. For example, a decision made by consensus will tend to be better than one made by a majority vote.

In addition to this it is very important for me to learn about six different phases to make consensus such as : 1. Perception: 2. Definition 3. Analysis 4. Generation of Alternatives 5. Evaluation and 6 Decision making

As we have been associated with the cooperative work, I found characteristic of collaborative organizations explained in this book is very helpful for our members relationship and for carrying out program in future more appropriately for achieving our goal. The seven key variables of collaborative organizations such as organizational structure, information systems, reward systems, strategy, values, skills and leadership/culture are very helpful.

Among them I found Information systems described in this book is very useful for me and for anyone who intends to develop things more precisely. I found it so interesting to read different form of information systems such as Anybody to anybody communication, just time access to information, Group ware, knowledge management and communities of practice, e-learning, reward systems, strategy, values, skills and leadership culture

3. What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book? Please explain

The new idea I learned from this book is the process of collaboration work. I found agenda planning for process design as a new idea to me. It contains developing an agenda, Overskill, developing process maps, involving stake holders in process design, organising a process design committee. All these contains are well-defined with different figures in this book. The message of these ideas is that we must build consensus phase by by phase and provide multiple ways for stakeholders to be involved. Once we accept possibility and practically of collaboration, as well as its underlying values and benefits, we can't help but be called to action. It just doesn't make sense not to collaborate. The next two ideas-facilitation and group memory ensure that when we try to collaborate face-to-face in meetings, as per the author, the experience is possitive and productive.

In addition to this I found the topic harness the power of group memory new idea for me. This topic mentions clearly about the power of group memory, how group memory prevents common meeting problems. This section shows the effective use of group memory prevents nine typical meeting problems. It has elaborated about the reception and "wheel spinning", lack of a level playing field, associating ideas, with people, loss of focus, the limitation of words, information overload, disruption by late comers, vague or misunderstood agreements, the failure of memory and power of changing the physical environment.

Moreover the chapter where to go from here the author has suggested to start some issues as stated below which help everyone to learn collaborate together

As a leader

Try using-making option with a higher level of involvement. For example, rather than gathering input from individuals and then making a decision, try gathering input from individuals and then making a decision, try gathering input from the whole team and then deciding. Ask someone else to facilitate an important meeting. Stay in problem space and vision space before jumping to solutions. Create a process map for your next meeting or planning process Try to be collaborative and make your words and actions congruent. For example, use "we" rather than "I"

As a participant
Use facilitative interventions in your next meeting, such as getting group members to agree on a common process before they start talking about substantive issues. Identify other relevant stakeholders and suggest that they be included in your next important meeting.
Encourage your group to work for consensus before resorting to win-lose decision-making process. Try rearranging the chairs in a semicircle for your next meeting, and offer to record ideas on chart pad paper.

4. Has this book challanged or changed your thinking in any way? if so explain how?

This book really facilitates me alot to cope with the group work. It really helps me to learn about making group consensus.

While reading evidence of the high performance of collaborative organizations and successful habits of visionary companies I feel it will make me easy to deal with my cooperative group work. When I studied the practical testes of twelve hundred companies for how well they scored in relation to four cultural traits, it really gives more input knowledge for succeeding group work. This taste is done by professor Daniel Dension at the University of Michigan. It really makes me strengthened my believe to work in group. The four cultural traits are 1. mission 2. Involvement 3. adaptability and 4. consistency.\par

5. Are there ideas in this book that totally disagree with? so why?

No

6. What did you find the most helpful and least helpful in this book?

Most of the chapters are very helpful to me. Power of collaborative Action, The process of human problem solving, involve the relevant stakeholders, Build consensus phase by phase, Design a process map, harness the power of group memory, facilitative leadership and collaborative orgnaizations or communities are very helpful for developing ideas to work with different groups.

I really feel so encouraged to read about the definition of problems which is defined not as negative but as " a situation that someone wants to change." Problem solving, therefore, in its most general sense, is situation changing or taking action.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

This book describes all the aspects which are very helpful to us to lead an organization. It introduces five principles of collaboration work. We can learn how to make collaboration work successful and joyful. This book also shows clearly about how we can make group consensus phase by phase. Thus this book reveals clearly to make a collaborative work involving all the stakeholders who play crucial roles for decision making.

Please rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10.

A. How interesting was it to read? 9
B. How helpful were the contents? 8
C. How easy was it to understand? 8
D. Whould you recommend it to others? 8
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 8

Comments
It is a very good book to read for those who are involved in collaboration work.

Peace Is The Way
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.

The following are very important to me. It really gives clear pictures of different experiences, events and so on.

1.War ends today
2. The way of peace
3. The sector of them
4. Beyond toxic nationalism
5. The myth of security
6. Diabolical creativity
7. The Political of the soul
8. (Still) Mad as Hell
9. Why does god want war
10. The Meta physics of terror
11. The body at peace
12. Our best hope

This book teaches us how to expand awareness, stop reaching out of fear, and reject war-one person at a time. As Dr. Deepak Chopara says “ Violence may be innate in human nature, but so is its opposite. Love. The next step of humanity, the leap we are poised to take, will be guided by the force of that love.”

I agree that this book suggested us a way to become more fully human and actively engaged as peacemakers in our homes and communities. This book offers clear pathway to kame this world a better plcae for us all.

As this book gives a very clear picture for being a peacemaker and getting out of fear, I feel so happy to read that the author Dr. Chopra honoured with bestseller and winner of a prestigious 2005 Quill Award.

It is so wonderful for me to read comments of this book from worlds' renownded personalities which inspired me a lot. I like to share some of the expressions of them. It is really very important book in this present scenario.

Desmond Tutu (Nobel Peace Laureate 1984, archbishop emeritus of Cope Town, and author of God has a Dream: A vision of Hope for Our Time: “ Deepak Chopra envisions a world within our reach where we are the instruments of peace instead of war. Peace is the way provides practical tools to help us know in our hearts that each one of us matters and is important to the other. In the African tradition of 'Ubunt,' we say a person is a person through other people. The daily practices suggested in this book offer readers a way to become more fully human and actively engaged as peacemakers in their homes and communities.”

His Holiness the Dalai Lama (Nobel Peace Laureate 1989): “ I absolutely agree with Dr. Chopra's view that if we want to change the world, we have to begin by changing ourselves.”

Betty Williams ( Nobel Peace Laureate 1976, and president of founder of world Centers of Compassion for children Internation): “ The late author-poet Carl Sandburg once wrote, 'Some day there will be a war and no one will come.' ' How we long for those words to become a reality. Deepak Chopra, who I am honored to call friend, knows the world can change one person at a time. His spiritual compassion shines clearly on every page. Yet Deepak is fully aware of the long, hard struggle necessary written and clearly shows nonviolence is the weapon of the strong. Follow his teaching and become a Peace person. It truly is the only way forward, Thank you, Deepak.”

Oscar Aries (Nobel Peace Laureate 1987): “ In recent years, the immediate need to counteract aggressive military policies has led many people to neglect their own personal vision of a more peaceful world. In this timely and urgent work, Deepak Chopara argues that there is a way to rise above the engulfing logic of war: that way is peace itself, a spiritual and compassionate approach to humanity that depends on individual transformation. I highly recommend Peace Is the Way to all those who want the global peace movement to find its heart again.”

Dr. Mario Soares (Formal President and prime minister of Portugal): “ Peace is the way in a profound manner shows us that there are creative solutions to the conflict in the world.”

Robert Thurman (Jey Tsong Khapa Professor of Indo-Tibetan Buddhist Studies, Columbia University, president of Tibet House US, and author of Inner Revolution and Infinite Life):
“ I am touched and delighted by Deepak's earnest and lucid message in this timely and essntially useful book. I picked it up and couldn't put it aside. The great thing about it is how simply and clearly he presents the steps to profound personal transformation. He makes it possible- even enchanting for us to live what we admire. He lifts up once again before eyes of Gandhi's insight that peace is the way not only the goal, and he fills that so intensely longed for truth with penetrating points, small and meaningful steps we can take with ease, and reasonable insights. He mobilizes common sense, scientific insight, and spiritual passion to bring within our reach our own personal attainment of the ancieint teaching of eace given to us by Moses, Buddha, Laotse, Jesus, Krishna, Muhammad and all the world's great spiritual teachers. Use this book with loving care and you will break free from the drumbeat of desperaction all around you! Awaken to your own personal power as a peacemaker!”

Arun Gandhi (Grandson of Mahatma Gandhi and founder and executive director of MK Gandhi Institute for Nonviolence, Memphis, Tennessee): “ Peace Is the way is an excellent book for our troubled times. My grandfather said, “ We must become the change we want to see the world.' Peace strarts with the self and then the whole world joins in.”

Dr. Wayne W. Dyer (Author of the Power of Intention)
“ By declaring war on drugs, crime, cancer, and poverty we managed to increase their presence in our lives. A war on terror is having an identical effect. Deepak offers a brilliant alternative in his most complelling book to date.”

Lynn Bradach (Mother of Travis Bradach-Nall, U.S. Marine killed by a “firendly cluster bomb” in Iraq“ The pain of war is ugly and unbearable. How can the death of thousands of innocent victims and soldiers be a vehicle to peace? Peace Is the way shows the way to people's hearts and souls.”

Nancy H. Rothstein “ Evolving peacemaker, author, and mother of Joshua, who was struck and killed by an automobile at age 15.1/2. “ Once again, Dr. Chopra has given us a prescription to bring out our highest selvesl The choice is ours whether we choose to follow his recommmended practice for making peace real in our personal lives. This may be one of the ultimate choices each of us makes for the future of our world. Out of the simplicity of 'Seven Practices for Peace.' Willcome profound shifts toward world peace. My son Josh once tole me. 'Mom, go to your heart and make all your decisions from there and all will be well.” Deepak's Peace is the way gives me now perspective on these words of wisdom. The way to peace is through the heart.”

I feel so delighted to read such wonderful comments from different reputed persons. I am very much impressed to read this book. I found all the topic of this book very important.
The author expressed Shanskrit turminology which are the most common things for living the way of peace in a very scientific way such as:
Seva: Your actions harm no one and benefit everyone.
Simran: You remember your true nature and your purpose of being here.
Satsang: You belong in the community of peace and wisdom
Maya: Maya is usually translated from Sanskrit as “ illusion” has many wide-spreading meanings (our modern words matter, mother, and measurement are related to this root.) It is described very well about Maya as “distraction” and without holding moral judgments against money.

The author has explained these in detail in the book so clearly which really make great value of the spiritual practices from the long history of human kind.

I found Seven practices for peace for how to become a peace maker are very important. The author presents the program to us to become a peace maker by following specific practice every day, each centered on the theme of making peace real, one step at a time in your personal life.
Sunday: Being for Peace Monday: Thinking for peace, Tuesday: Feeling for peace, Wednesday: Speaking for peace, Thursday: Acting for Peace, Friday: Creating for peace and Saturday: Sharing for peace

It is very important for me to read the real events happened in the different corner of the world and to read the experiences of peace makers and spiritual leaders. In addition to this I feel so pleased to read that the effects of practices of Transcendetnal Meditation Movement (T M) in cities like New York and Washington, then the using police date to show that crime rates drop dramatically during those periods.

The author clearly pointed out that if someone can explain how the technology of world peace works, that too will be allowed to exist as a reality. I think the impossibility of peace lies only in our heads, and once we begin to accept the impossible, a rapid shift will occur. It is true that we could make peace in every where once we behave ourselves peacefully to all by not harming others by body, speech and mind. Thus whole topics of the book are very important to me and all of us. It really gives clear pictures of different experiences, events and so on.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

Of course I can relate most of ideas from this book for improving my personal circumstances in life. I strongly believe that one has to be positive and good to make others good. Only a happy person can make the other person happy. An unhappy person can't make others happy.
I learned from reading this book that it is one's mind that does some thing bad or good. I feel it is so worthy to read that the prevailing ideas is that war begins in each human heart and can only end there. The religious tradition of praying for peace is the closest most people will ever come to ending war in their own hearts. More people have actually never heart of this approach. Why has it failed? Because nobody has really tried it.

The events of the world from past history of world war II, the unpleasant incidents of Chechnia which killed more than 175 children, the terrorists activities, the Baslan attack, Bosnia, Iraq war, and the other sad events really make me feel the nature of human minds if they are filled with anger, hatred and delusion got so harmful of mankind. It was so sad to know that more than 300 tons of deplete uranium (DU) bombs were dropped to southern Iraq during and after the first Gulf War in 1991. and it is estimated that the current war brought at least that much more. This fact incites those who oppose the war in Iraq to point to hospital records from Basra, a city in the heart of the DU area, showing an increase in horrific birth defects. It is really very sad to know that babies were born there without eyes and fetuses stillborn without heads. Besides Iraq DU bombardment was also used heavy in Bosnia war. I feel so sad to this events and make me think more on peace and peace building process.

However; I feel so happy to learn more about the best incidents which make peace to human kind. How pleased I am when I got to read that the truth is that the safest city in the world is the one where you can walk down the street and need no police officer. The way of peace is our only hope of security.

It inspired me to be alert for being peaceful in different circumstances. It is true that if we can prove to ourself that we have the ability to break through the veil of ordinary reality, we can go on to do things that once seemed impossible or magical.

I am very much inspired to read the real story of the woman who went to coma was recover from her coma not only that but also after five year later her health shows no symptoms from her period of multiple organ failure. She wake up with totally different awarness of who she is and the purpose of her life. My believe in impermanct nature becomes more stronger.

In the similar way it is very inspiring for me to read the story of a patient who was suffering from brain cancer. His tumor had already spread beyond the original mass, infiltrating more that one region of the brain. But the man was calm, hopeful for positive result and something happened to him and he took pills cost twenty five thousand dollars. It was so surprising to know that when his next MRI was taken, his tumor has vanished. Everyone was shocked and amazed.

I feel so pleased to read that when Buddha was asked about death, he turned over his bowl, meaning a darkness within a darkness. I inhabited that darkness. I became pure consciousness, free of all human ties to fmaily and friends, free of emotion including love and compassion, free of all things but pure awareness. In this way I was in complete peace.

It really makes me very much inspired to read the sayings of spiritual teachers from this book like Buddha, Jesus, Mohammad, Mahatma Gandhi, Krishna and so on. The book stated that the great spiritual teachers have said that we are ultimately here to transcend matter, to worship our maker, to appreciate the infinite creation and learn humility before it. All those things may emerge once we know who we really are. That is life's central mystery, and money doesn't come close to answering it.

It makes me so encouraged to study about being free from bad memories. I found new ways to be happy, I learned to forgive. I stopped looking at my old hurt. I no longer depend on somebody else to solve my problems. I gained a new vision I took the vision seriously. I found a deeper sense of self. I have an epanded sense of self.

Learning of such wonderful practices help me learn the art of being peaceful.

3.What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?

I found the whole book very important to me. However; the most important new ideas I learned from this book is about the seven practices for peace.

I found it very specific and very useful for all of us and for the peacemakers of course. Our hope is that we create peace on every level of our life. Each practice takes only a few minutes. We can be as private or outspoken as we wish. But those around us will know that we are for peace, not just through good in intentions but by the way we conduct our life on a daily basis.

Sunday: Being for Peace
Today, take five minutes to meditate for peace. Sit quietly with your eyes closed. Put your attention on your heart and inwardly repeat these four words. Peace, Harmony, Laughter and Love. Allow these words to radiate from your hearts stillness out into your body. As you end your meditation, say to yourself, Today I will relinquish all resentments and grieveness. Bring into your mind anyone against whom you have a grievance and let it go. Send that person your forgiveness.

Monday: Thinking for peace,
Thinking has power when it is backed by intention. Today, introduce the intention of peace in your thoughts. Take a few moments of silence, then repeat this ancient prayer. Let me be loved, let me be happy, let me be peaceful. Let my friends be happy, loved, and peaceful, Let all beings be happy, loved and peaceful, Let the whole world experience these things.
If at any time during the day you are overshadowed by fear or anger, repeat these intentions. Use this prayer to get back on center.

Tuesday: Feeling for peace,
This is the day to experience the emotions of peace. The emotions of peace are compassion, understanding, and love. Compassion is the feeling of shared suffering. When you feel someone else's suffering, there is the birth of understanding. Understanding is the knowledge that suffering is shared bye everyone. When you understand that you aren't alone in your suffering, there is the birth of love. When there is love ther is the opportunity for peace.

Wednesday: Speaking for peace,
Today, the purpose of speaking is to create happiness in the listener. Have this intention: Today every word I utter will be chosen consciously. I will refrain from complaints, condemnation, and criticism. Your practice is to at least once of the following: Tell someone how much you appreciate them. Express genuine gratitude to those who have helped and loved you. Offer healing or nurturing words to someone who needs them. Show respect to someone whose needs them. Show respect to someone whose respect you value. If you find that you are reacting negatively to anyone, in a way that isn't peaceful, refrain from speaking and keep silent. Wait to speak until you feel centered and calm, and then speak with respect.

Thursday: Acting for Peace,
Today is the day to help someon in need: a child, a sick person, an older or frail person. Help can take many forms Tell yourself, Today I will bring a smile to a stranger's face. If someone acts in a hurtful way to me or someone else, I will respond with a gesture of loving kindness. I will send an anonymous gift to someone, however small. I will offer help without asking for gratitude or recognition.

Friday: Creating for peace and
Today, come up with at least one creative idea to resolve a conflict either in your personal life or your family circle or among friends. If you can, try and create an idea that applies to your community, the nation, or the whole world. You may change an old habit that isn't working, look at someone a new way, offer words you never offered before, or think of an activity that brings people together in good feeling and laughter. Secondly, invite a family member or friend to come up with one creative idea of this kind on his or her own. Creativity feels best when you are the one thinking up the new idea or approach. Make it know that you accept and enjoy creativity. Be loose and easy. Let the ideas flow and try out anything that has appeal. The purpose here is to bond, because only when you bond with others can there be mutual trust. When you trust, there is no need for hidden hostility and suspicion-the two great enemies of peace.

Saturday: Sharing for peace
Today, share your practice of peacemaking with two people. Give them this text and invite them to begin the daily practice. As more of us participate in this sharing ur practice will expand intoa critical mass. Today joyfully celebrate your own peace consciousness with at least one other peace-conscious person. Connect either through e-mail or phone. Share your experience of growing peace. Share your gratitude that someone else is as serious about peace as you are. Share your ideas for helping the world move closer to critical mass. Do whatever you can in small or large ways, to assist anyone who wants to become a peace maker.
It is wonderful idea that has to bring into our daily practices. It is really very important.
4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?
Yes! this book makes me more confident about the strength of peace. I have learned that we could start peace movement by ourselves from our heart changing ourselves. Then we can join to the peace movement in our society and expand it in a broader way. I fully agree with the author that peace movement is based on sharing our consciousness with other people. It can begin with something as simple as holding a discussion group once a week, an open forum in which everyone gets a chance to speak about their own desire for peace. The next step might be a “peace cell” a group of ten people who want further peace through the seven steps program oulined in this book. It helps me more when I read from this book about the seven building blocks of reality, such as thought and belief, emotions, intentions, relationships, turning points and breaktrhoughts, environment and visition.

In addition to this I feel so deligted to read about conscious evolution, self-determination, nonmilitary, nonsectarian, global sharing, sustainable economies and healed environment. Realizing our power and using awareness to shape time. It strengthen my believe on these issues more presicely when reading. It really guides me to a right way to go forward for the peace movement.

5. Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?

No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?

I found the topics like 1. The way of peace, 2. Diabolical creativity, 3. The body at peace, 4. Our best hope very helpful. 5. Seven practices of peace as mentioned above are very helpful.
It is so helpful to read about the way of peace which has become a new habit. To do that it must offer a substitue for evey single thing that war now provides. A.J. muste, pacifist, anti-war activist, and respected leader in the labor and civil right movements expressed a profound truth when he said “There is no way to peace. Peace is the way”. It is really helpful to read. It is helpful to read about the description of our life not as we see it but as ripples of awareness that move outward from a center.

Center: Pure awareness, pure being, pure peace

First wave: Consciousness stirs, Second wave; The faint vibration realizes that it is conscious,

Third wave: Creation dawns, with invisible properties that will turn into material things and subjective experiences Fourth wave: Creation bursts forth into a million fragments each changing at every second into a million fragments, each changing at every second into a million more. But consciousness isn't worried about losing control because the balance still favours unity. The creator is firmly inside creation. Fifth wave: the outer world follows its own laws. Consciousness is apparently not in control, acting as a spectator only. It can sit back and enjoy the play of Lila, the dance of creation. At this stage of mind appears, meaning the ability to reflect upon what happening. Sixth wave: Mind begins to feel separate. A single observer becomes countless observers each with its own life journey, each with its own viewpoint. At this stage ego is born. Seven wave: The creation is now endlessly fascinating. Outer events dominae. The creator is lost in his creation. There seems to be noting the individual can do to stop the machinery.

It is really true that we are changing the earth. Because mother nature of the earth is disturbed by our lack of love and respect to her. It is helpful to learn that every religion teaches that killing is absolutely wrong. Once can't love God without loving and cherishing other human beings. Religion exists to make us face our violence and greed, and then to overcome those qualities. As some one once beautifully put it, religion plants a seed in our open wounds and form that seed a tree of peace will grow.

We have lost touch with the reality of hope, which is a powerful force when it has a spiritual source but a deception when it doesn't. It is really helpful for me to read the topic best hope like unmasks denial, inspires and end of to apathy, faces up to conflict, brings an end to silent suffering, changes the situation of victims and brings about realization which help us to develop possitive aspects of us.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

This book gives spiritual teaching of gaining peace. It has simply but more clearly defines about the strength, beauty and intelligence of peace. This book reminds us about the choices we face in our everyday life , inner choices that set us on the path of war or on the path of consciousness and peace. It really teaches us to become a peace maker truely in the practical manner.

8. Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10.

A. How interesting was it to read? 10
B. How helpful were the contents? 9
C. How easy was it to understand? 9
D. Would you recommend it to others? 10
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

Comments
One who wishes to contribute for peace, must study this book.

Difficult Conversations
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. Discuss the main ideas that you found most important in this book and discuss why they were important to you.

I found the practical examples illustrated in this book are the most important to solve the conflicts among different people. It might be with our boss, with our spouse, with our friends, with our kids and with our own clients. It helps us to be alert in different circumstances of conversation among them all.

Whether we are dealing with an underperforming employee, disagreeing with our spouse about money or child rearing, negotiating with a difficult client, or simply saying “no” or “ I'm sorry” or “ I love you,” we attempt or avoid difficut conversations every day. No matter how competent we are, we all have conversations that cause anxiety and frustration.
This book can help. Based on fifteen years of research of the Harvard Negotiation Project, Difficult Conversations walks you through a proven step-by step approach for how to have your thoughest conversations with less stress and more success. It shows you how to prepare yourself; how to start the conversations without defensiveness; and how to keep it constructive and focused regardless of how the other person responds. You'll learn how to:

* Decipher the underlying structure of every difficult conversation
* Interpret the significance of what is said-and what is not
* Identify the erroneous but deeply ingrained assumptions that keep you stuck
* Manage strong emotions-yours and theirs
* Spot ways your self image affects the conversation- and ways the conversation affects your self-image

Filled with examples from everyday life, difficult conversation will help you at home, on the job, or out in the world. It is a book you'll turn to again and again for advice, practical skills, and reassurance.

This book has been successful to illustrate such points with anecdotes, scripted conversations and familiar examples in a clear, easy-to-browse format. The examples stated are very clear and advises given are more precise in this book which are very helpful to those who wish to improve their oral communication in all aspects of their daily lives.
I really agree with the view expressed in this book that to make structure of a difficult conversation visible, we need to understand not only what is said, but also what is not said. We need to understand what the people involved are thinking and feeling but not saying to each other. In a difficult conversation, this is usually where the real action is.
Each difficult conversation is really three conversations like

The “What happened?” conversation.
Most difficult conversations involve disagreement about what has happened or what should happen. Who said what and who did what? Who's right, who meant what and who blame?

The Feeling Conversation.
Every difficult conversation also asks and answers questions about feelings. Are my feelings valid? Appropriate? Should I acknowledge or deny them, put them on the table or check them at the door? What do I do about the other person's feelings? What if they are angry or hurt?

The Identity Conversation.
This is the conversation we each have with ourselves about what this situation means to us.

We conduct an internal debate over whether this means we are competent or incompetent a good person or bad, worthy of love or unlovable. What impact might it have on our self-image and self-esteem, our future and our well-being? Our answers to these questions determine in large part whether we feel “balanced” during the conversation or whether we feel off-center and anxious. In the conversation, or whether we feel off-center and anxious. In the conversation, or whether we feel off center and anxious.

I agree that every difficult conversation involves grappling with these Three Conversations, so engaging successfully requires learning to operate effectively in each of the three realms. Managing all three simultaneously may seem hard, but it's easier than facing the consequences of engaging in difficult conversations blindly.

In addition to this I fully agree that we need to stop arguing about whos right but we need to explore each other's stories. The benefits of understanding contribution is also important. The blame frame makes conversations more difficult, while understanding the contribution system makes a difficult conversation easier and more likely to be productive.

Feeling matters are also the important aspect because they are often at the heart of difficult conversations. We need to try to frame feelings out of the problem, unexpressed feelings can leak into the conversation, it can burst into the conversation, it can make difficult to listen and unexpressed feelings take a toll on our self-esteem and relationship.
Learning and listening conversations are also very important. We can't have every difficult conversation you come across. Life is too short, the list too long. I feel it very important that in every case, work through three conversations as best you can. Get a better handle on your feelings, key identity issues, and possible distortions or gaps in our perceptions. We need to think clearly about what we do know (our own feelings, our own experiences and story, our identity issues and what we don't know (others intentions, their perspective or feelings). In the other way clearly listening helps to resolve many problems.

I found it very meaningful that the book illustrates clearly about the road map to difficult conversations. It helps me to refresh and understand all the readings more precisely.

2. Can you relate the ideas or concepts in this book to your personal circumstances in life such as your relationships, your beliefs, your goals, your values, etc? Explain.

Yes! O fcourse. I can apply many things from this book in my personal life. I always feel important that we should never criticize a colleague in front of others which is clearly stated in the book. It makes my believe more stronger and will of course develop my communication skill in every aspects of my life.

My two colleagues had such experience that one shouted to other in front of his customers. The other friend told him that he can shout to him only when they are two not with the customers. The friend who shouted realized it later and they become more close these days.
Feeling matters really help me to realize that they are often at the heart of difficult conversation. We try to frame feeling out of the problem, unexpressed feelings can leak into the conversation, unexpressed feelings can burst into the conversation, unexpressed feelings make it difficult to listen, unexpressed feelings take a toll on our self-esteem and relationships, the example illustrated in this issue really is impressive to me.

I feel happy to learn about a landscape of sometimes hard-to find feelings.

Love: Affectionate, caring, close, proud, passionate
Anger: frustrated, exasperated, enraged, indignant
Hurt: Let down, betrayed, disappointed, need
Shame: Embarrassed, guilty, regretful, humiliated, self-loating
Fear: Anxious, terrified, worried, obsessed, suspicious
Self-doubt: Inadequate, unworthy, inept, unmotivated
Joy: Happy, enthusiastic, full, elated, content
Sadness: Bereft, wistful, joyless, depressed
Jealousy: Envious, selfish, covetous, anguished, yearning
Gratitude: Appreciative, thankful, relieved, admiring
Loneliness: Desolate, abandoned, empty, longing

It really helps me to strengthen my believe to read three thing to accept about myself.

Our will make mistakes
If we can't admit to ourselves that we sometimes make mistakes, we'll find it more difficult to understand and accept the legitimate aspects of the other person's story about what is going on.

One reason people are reluctant to admit mistakes is that they fear being seen as weak or incompetent. Yet often, generally competent people who take the possibility of mistakes in stride are seen as confident, secure and “big enough” not to have to be perfect, whereas those who resist acknowledging even the possibility of a mistake are seen as insecure and lacking confidence. No one is fooled.

Our intentions are complex

We have contributed to the problem

3.What are the most important new ideas or concepts you learned from this book?

I found the most important new ideas are three different conversations as I stated above. Apart from that the following aspects are import as well.

1. Decide whether to raise issue,
2. Describe the problem as the difference between your stories,
3. Share your purposes,
4. Invite concern to join as a partner in sorting out the situation together.
5. Listen to understand their perspective on what happened.
6. Share your own viewpoint
7. Reframe to keep on track
8. Invent options that meet each side's most important concerns and interests,
9. Look to standards for what should happen and
10 Talk about how to keep communication open as you go forward for solving the problem. 11. Listen from the inside out

This book really shows us how to open the door to grater fulfillment in any relationship. They provide the stance of mind and heart and the skills of expression to achieve effective communication.

I found the first conversation stated in this book is very important. It is really wonderful for me to learn about difficult conversations with different persons in different circumstances and the way how we cope with the situation rightly. The difficult conversation that Jack faced from Michael.

Michael and Jack are friends. Michael ordered Jack to prepare financial brochure within two days. Jack prepared it by the late evening. But he got voice mail from Michael that he was not satisfied with Jack's work. Jack talked to Michael immediately and they had some difficult conversation regarding the brochure. How Jack had felt in this situation has been clearly stated here in this book. What Michael had expected from Jack was also stated clearly. The book has shown the solutions of their problem clearly. The book has clearly elaborated how Jack thought in this matter. It is very important lesson for me and for all of us.

I really feel it important about the conversation, the truth assumption, the intention, the blame frame, the feeling conversation, the identity conversation and moving toward a learning conversation.

I found new idea as what's our purpose: When to raise it and when to let go. We can't have every difficult conversation we come across. Yes! I fully agree that life is too short, the list too long. So how do we decide when to have a conversation for the first time or the fifteenth? And how do we let go of the issues we decide not to raise. Work through three conversations, have purpose that make sense, need to remember we can't change other people, not to focus on short time relief on long term cost, not to hit and run, and letting go.

These are the main points that I found very important in this book besides the other different real stories.

4. Has this book challenged or changed your thinking in any way? If so, explain how?

Yes! this book really changes my thinking that we have to think what other people's perception, how they react. I believe human beings are more happy when they accomplished what they like to have. They become unhappy when things are not on the way what they think to be. In our lives we have to interact with different persons like we have to interact with a boss in an office, to our wife and kids at our house, friends in the society or else where, and of course with the clients in the business.

In addition to this, this book addresses a critical aspect of human interaction. It applies to how we deal with children, parents of any kind, landlords, tenants, suppliers, customers, friends, bankers, neighbors, brokers, team members, patients, employees and so on. The authors take us to show us how to open the door to greater fulfillment in any relationship.
Yes! they provide the stance of mind and heart and the skills of expressions needed to achieve effective communication across the gulf of real differences in experiences, beliefs and feelings whether in personal relations, business dealings or international affairs.
These are the skills which are very much essential for making our communication with all the associates effectively and efficiently. It really makes me feel more confidence to face challenges in my day to day communication with all the concerns.

5.Are there ideas in the book that you totally disagree with? If so, why?

No

6. What did you find most helpful and least helpful in this book?

I found all the practical examples of difficult conversations described in this book are very helpful to learn how to cope with such difficult situation in our daily lives rightly.
The contents like three conversations, learning stances, feelings conversations, identity conversations, listing, expression, and problem solving stated in this book can help us accomplish a number of astonishing results. It helps us to make better decisions in the field of communications with people from different circumstances.

This book helps us to lessen our own anxiety and deepen our most important relationship.
It helps us to be alert and attentive for what we are doing and how it can make better to all the concern.

In addition to this, it helps us all to deeply identify different assumptions which keep us stuck.

7. In 50 words or less, please describe the main idea the whole book is trying to convey.

The main idea of this book is to give precise idea to develop communication skills in different circumstances of our daily life in order to make life more meaningful. Moreover it guides us to achieve openness and constructive outcomes in dialogue. It shows us how to open the door to greater fulfillment in any relationship.

8. Please Rate this book on a scale from 1 to 10.

A. How interesting was it to read? 10
B. How helpful were the contents? 9
C. How easy was it to understand? 9
D. Would you recommend it to others? 9
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

Comments
One should read this book to develop and improve communication skill in all aspects to his or her daily life.

How to win friends and influence people
By Assessment Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. What is the main idea that the author is trying to convey in the book?

The main idea of the author is to convey message to the readers that how can they become successful of wining the people by speaking to them heartily. The author mentions six ways to make people like you, the twelve ways to win people to your way of thinking and the nine ways to change people without arousing resentment and much, much more.

In addition to this the author is trying to convey what human beings need to have learned in every aspect of his/her life whether it is to success a job and any situation he or she is in.

I am very impressed to learn about how the critical situation is to be tackled in a very positive a friendly manner. The author has given plenty of such practical examples of different personalities from different occupations which really are very important for all of us our present world.

It is really worthy to remember 12 principles to win people to your way of thinking.

1. Principle: the only way to get the best of an argument is to avoid it.
2. Principle: show respect for the other person's opinions. Never say “you are wrong”
3. Principle: If you are wrong, admit it quickly and emphatically.
4. Principle: Begin in a friendly way.
5. Principle: Get the other person saying “yes, yes” immediately.
6. Principle: Let the other person do a great deal of talking
7. Principle: Let the other person feel that the idea is his or hers.
8. Principle: Try honestly to see things from the other person's point of view
9. Principle: Bye sympathetic with the other person's idea and desires
10. Principle: Appeal to the nobler motives
11. Principle: Dramatize your ideas
12. Principle: Throw down a challenge

In addition to this the author has pointed out the 9 principles for leader (A leader's job often includes changing your people's attitude and behavior.

1. Begin with praise and honest appreciation 2. Call attention to people's mistakes indirectly. 3. Talk about your own mistakes before criticizing the other person. 4. Ask questions instead of giving direct orders. 5. Let the other person save face. 6. Praise the slightest improvement and praise every improvement. Be “heartily in your approbation and lavish in your praise.” 7. Give the other person a fine reputation to live up to. 8. Use encouragement. Make the fault seem easy to correct. 9. Make other person happy about doing the thing you suggest.

I feel so happy to learn that this book has been sold to 15,000,000 copies. It is really a very important book for all the time.

I feel so happy to learn that Dale Carnegie's rock-solid, time-tested advice has carried countless people up the ladder of success in their business and personal lives.

This book is remained as one of the most ground breaking guidebooks of all the time, how to win friends and influence people will teach us:

- The six ways to make people like you
- The twelve ways to win people to your way of thinking
- The nine ways to change people without arousing resentment

2. What were the seven ideas which were personally most important to you and why? List these seven ideas followed by an explanation after each one as to why it was important to you. Use personal examples from your own life.

The seven main ideas of this book are as follows:

1. The big secret of dealing with people

It is really very interesting to learn about the things most people want. It is so beautifully mentioned in this book as:

1. Health and the preservation of life
2. Food
3. Sleep
4. Money and the things money will buy
5. Life in the hereafter
6. Sexual gratification
7. The well being of our children
8. A feeling of importance

It is true that when we know the people's interest it is easy to deal with them and we could get success in any field. The author has presented many more interesting events in this topic.

2. He who can do best to this has the whole world with him. He who cannot walk a lonely way.

I fully agree with it that the best piece of advice can be given to would be persuaders, whether in business, in the home, in the school, in politics, is first, arouse in the other person an eager want. He who can do this has the whole world with him. He who can not walk a lonely way. The author has mentioned the best bits of advice about the fine art of human relationships. If there is any one secret of success, it lies in the ability to get the other person's point of view and see things from that person's angle as well as from your own.

It is very interesting to read the experience of the author of convincing the manager of a New York hotel. The author was living there from several days and one day he was informed that the hotel rate was increased by three times more. The author was so surprised with the news he liked to leave the hotel but he could not because he already announce that his lecture is to be held in the hotel. He decided to talk with the manager seriously. He then pointed out the advantages and disadvantages if hotel increased the rate to him. He showed strong advantages that the hotel would have direct benefit of good publicity since many different background people were taking part in his lecture. For which if the hotel made advertisement it would cost more money. The hotel manager fully agreed with the author and the author's rate was only increased by 50%. It is really a good lesson.

3. Do this to make people like you will be welcome anywhere?

It is the book which has mentioned clearly about winning friends. If we try all our good efforts to please the people with full of unconditional love, they would be our good friends for ever.

The author has clearly showed the example of some animals among them he pointed out that dog is the only animal that doesn't have to work for a living? A hen has to lay eggs, a cow has to give milk, and a cannary has to sing. But a dog makes his living by giving you nothing but love.

The author mentioned clearly that people are interested in themselves not to us. He presented about the detail survey report of the New York Telephone Company about the telephone conversations to find out which word is the most frequently used. It is the personal pronoun “I”. It was used 3,900 times in 500 telephone conversations.

If we merely try to impress people and get people interested in us, we will never have many true, sincere friends; real friends are not made that way.

The author presented his experience that he spent an evening in the dressing room of Howard Thurston the last time he appeared on Broadway- Thurston was the acknowledged dean of magicians. For forty years he had traveled all over the world, time and again creating illusions, mystifying audiences, and making people gasp with astonishment. More than 60 million people had paid admission to show, and he had made almost $2 million in profit. As the author asked Mr. Thurston of his success. Mr. Thurston told him the secret of his success. His schooling certainly had nothing to do with it, for he ran away from home as a small boy, became a hobo, rode in boxcars, slept in haystacks, begged his food from door to door, and learned to read by looking out of boxcars at signs along the railway. He then learned a superior knowledge of magic. He told the author hundreds of books had been written about legerdemain and scores of people knew as much about it as he did. That is his success factor.

In addition to this the author mentioned about the well known personalities who win to make people like them.

I fully agree with the author that if we want others to like us, if we want to develop real friends, if we want to help others at the same time as we help ourselves, keep this principle of becoming genuinely interested in other people.

4. A simple way to a good first impression

People rarely succeed at anything unless they have fun doing it. The succeeded people have a rip-roaring good time conducting their business. The author has mentioned very interestingly about how life of a couple becomes so joyful and worthy.

The husband started smiling at his wife with a good morning my dear which he didn't do before. This has really changed their relationship better than before.

It is so worthy to learn about the experiences of company basses with their staff and workers. How staff became so royal when the boss praise their work instead of condemnation. If one is successful to read other person's viewpoint. It would revolutionize one's life. It really makes one happier and richer in friendship and happiness.

It is so interesting to read the example in the book. Two people may be in the same place, doing the same thing, both may have about an equal amount of money and prestige-and yet one may be miserable and the other happy. Why? Because of different metal attitude, Shakespeare said “There is nothing good or bad. But thinking makes it so.”

It is also very interesting to learn that the ancient Chinese were a wise a lot- wise in the ways of the world; and they had a proverb that you and I ought to cut out and paste inside our hats. It goes like this: “A man without a smiling face must not open a shop.” Yes! Our smile is a messenger of our good will. Our smile brightens the lives of all who see it.

I like to highlight the value of a smile at Christmas mentioned in this book.

It costs nothing, but creates much.
It enriches those who receive, without impoverishing those who give.
It happens in a flash and the memory of it sometimes lasts forever.
None are so rich they can get along without it and none so poor but are richer for its benefits.
It creates happiness in the home, fosters good will in a business and is the countersign of friends.
It is rest to the weary, daylight to the discouraged, sunshine to the sad and nature's best antidote for trouble.
Yet it cannot be bought, begged, borrowed, or stolen, for it is something that is no earthly good to anybody till it is given away.
And if in the last minute rush of Christmas buying some of our salespeople should be too tired to give you a smile, may we ask you to leave one of yours?
For nobody needs a smile so much as those who have none left to give.

5. You can't win an argument (How to make a people to our way of thinking)

It is really very important for us to know that good argument with positive thinking will have good impact to the other people.

Buddha said: Hatred is never ended by hatred but by love.”

Misunderstanding is never ended by an argument but by tact, diplomacy, conciliation and sympathetic desires to see the other person's viewpoint.

The author has mentioned in this chapter that how Lincoln reprimanded a young army officer for indulging in a violent controversy with an associate. Lincoln said: No man who is resolved to make the most of himself, can spare time for personal contention. Still less can he afford to take the consequences including the vitiation of his temper and the loss of self-control. Yield larger things to which you show up no more than equal rights; and yield lesser ones through clearly your own. Better give your path to a dog than be bitten by him in contesting for the right. Even killing the dog would not cure the bite.”

It is interesting and useful for me to know about the article in bits and pieces from this chapter. I like to point out some suggestions made in the article on how to keep a disagreement from becoming an argument:

1. Welcome the disagreement. Remember the slogan. “When two partners always agree, one of them is not necessary.”
2. Distrust your first instinctive reaction.
3. Control your temper
4. Listen first
5. Look for areas of agreement
6. Be honest
7. Promise to think over your opponents' ideas and study them carefully
8. Thank your opponents sincerely for their interest.

6. How to get Cooperation

I have got an opportunity to learn from this chapter that every person expects for loyalty, honesty, initiative, optimism, teamwork, eight hours a day of enthusiastic work. It is the result found by Adolph Seltz of Philadelphia, sales manager in an automobile showroom and a student of the author. He found this result when he consulted his workers in a sales meeting. The meeting ended with a new courage a new inspiration- one salesperson volunteered to work fourteen hours a day and Mr. Seltz reported to the author that the increase of sales was phenomenal.

It applies to any cooperative business in the present world too.

Twenty-five years ago, Lao-tse, a Chinese sage, said something that readers of this book might use today:

“The reason why rivers and seas receive the homage of a hundred mountain streams is that they keep below them. Thus they are able to reign over all the mountain streams. So the sage, wishing to be above men, putteth himself below them, wishing to be before them, he putteth himself behind them. Thus, through his place be above men, they do not feel his weight; through his place be before them, they do not count it an injury.”

To make a group work successful each and every person in the group should think and feel seriously that the idea of the group is his or her own.

7. Making people glad to do what you want

It is really so good to learn how one can make others happy to do the things he or she suggested. It is one of the important rules of human relations: always make other person happy about doing the thing you suggest.

In this chapter many good examples of this issue have been mentioned. Worlds' great leaders like Woodrow Wilson and Napolean followed this rules.

It is interesting to read the story of Mrs. Ernest Gent of Scarsdale, New York. She was troubled by boys running across and destroying her lawn she tried criticism. She tried coaxing. Neither worked. They she tried giving the worst sinner in the gang a title and a feeling of authority. She made him or “detective” and put him in charge of keeping all trespassers off her lawn. That solves her problem. Her “detective” built a bonfire in the backyard, heated an iron red hot, and threatened to brand any boy who stepped on the lawn.

I fully agree that the effective leader should keep the following guidelines in mind when it is necessary to change the attitudes or behavior:

1. Be sincere: Do not promise anything that you cannot deliver. Forget about the benefits to yourself and concentrate on the benefits to the other person.
2. Know exactly what it is you want to the other person to do.
3. Be empathetic. Ask yourself what it is the other person really wants.
4. Consider the benefits that person will receive from doing what you suggest.
5. Match those benefits to the other person's wants.
6. When you make your request, put it in a form that will convey to the other person the idea that he personally will benefit.

3. How will these ideas or lessons help you in a practical way, both in your daily personal life and in helping you to create a better world? If so, how?

I fully agree to the all principles mentioned in this book.

All the chapters mentioned in this book are very practical. I have learned how to win people by knowing willingness of him or her.

Yes! Some practical examples are so helpful to apply in my own life such as how we convey the message showing with advantages and disadvantages. How we talk positively with the real matter amount group in our organization. I feel so happy that how it is helpful to memorize people's background which will help us to support our own work in every field. The author is the example of himself who could remember more and more people's background which made him successful in his life.

Another interesting aspect I learned from this book is to praise people's quality rather than to criticize his or her work. It is important to any areas of our daily life whether it is organization, company, house and so on. It is so similar the technique of Appreciative inquiry of the modern training program.

Apart from that I found practical to read the following guidelines mentioning how we take more advantages of reading the book. It really helps to understand more and get more benefits.

1. Develop a deep, driving desire to master the principles of human relations.
2. Read each chapter twice before going on to the next one.
3. As you read, stop frequently to ask yourself how you can apply each suggestion.
4. Underscore each important idea.
5. Review this book each month.
6. Apply these principles at every opportunity. Use this volume as working handbook to help you solve your daily problems.
7. Make a lively game out of your learning by offering some friend a dime or a dollar every time he or she catches you violating one of these principles.
8. Check up each week on the progress you are making. Ask yourself what mistakes you have made, what improvement, what lessons you have learned for the future.
9. Keep notes in the back of this book showing how and when you have applied these principles.

4. Quotes: Are there brief quotes from the book which really got your attention? If so, please list and comment on them.

Dale Carnegie used to say that it was easier to make a million dollars than to put a phrase into the English language. How to win Friends and influence people became such a phrase: quoted paraphrased, parodied, used in innumerable contexts, from political cartoons to novels. This book itself was translated into almost every know written language. Each generation has discovered it a new and has found it relevant.

I like to highlight the value of a smile at Christmas mentioned in this book.

It costs nothing, but creates much.
It enriches those who receive, without impoverishing those who give.
It happens in a flash and the memory of it sometimes lasts forever.
None are so rich they can get along without it and none so poor but are richer for its benefits.
It creates happiness in the home, fosters good will in a business and is the countersign of friends.
It is rest to the weary, daylight to the discouraged, sunshine to the sad and nature's best antidote for trouble.
Yet it cannot be bought, begged, borrowed, or stolen, for it is something that is no earthly good to anybody till it is given away.
And if in the last minute rush of Christmas buying some of our salespeople should be too tired to give you a smile, may we ask you to leave one of yours?
For nobody needs a smile so much as those who have none left to give.

It is really good to know the value of this book as it is already sold to 15,000,000 copies. It can be applied to any field to improve and upgrade our daily practices.

I really agree with the value of smiles. Yes it really makes one to feel so happy to see smiling faces it gives energy to keep our mood good.

5. Is there anything in the book that you do not understand or are unclear about, or are there ideas which you disagree with and, if so, why?

No

6. Did the book contain exercises for the reader to complete? If so, did you complete all of the exercises and did you find them helpful?

There are no such exercises to complete.

7. Was there anything you read in the book that you would like to comment on that was not covered in the previous questions? If so, please comment.

Not at all.

8. Please rate the following questions on a scale from 1 to 10?Ten is good and one is poor.

A. How interesting was it to read? 9
B. How helpful were the contents? 9
C. How easy was it to understand? 9
D. Could you recommend it to others? 9
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

A practical guide to vibrational medicine, energy healings and spiritual transformation
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)


1. What is the main idea that the author is trying to convey in the book?

The main idea the author is trying to do, is to emphasis the real value of traditional practices of medicines mainly healing of body, mind and spirit to the present world. I fully agree with the feed back of C. Norman Shealy, M.D., Ph.D. who marked the main idea of the book as the following. “At the dawn of the twenty-first century, the old paradigms of medicine have begun to fall apart. We no loner believe that our bodies are machines with parts that wear down, only to be braced up by drugs or replaced through surgery. Instead, a growing number of pioneering researchers embrace a new view of healing-one expounded by Dr. Richard Gerber in his groundbreaking bestseller, vibrational medicine.

Now Dr. Gerber shows how to put this new way of thinking into practical use, describing the role of consciousness and “thought forms,” and also explains the benefits of homeopathy, acupuncture, color and light healing, magnetobiology and other therapies. A traditionally trained physician, Dr. Gerber combines scientific evidence with traditional methods of the East and West to unlock our potential for healing ourselves.

If you are ready to go on a personal search for energetic/vibrational health, this book is the must.”

In addition to this the author has shown that human beings are biomachines. He emphasis us to explore the uniquely dynamic chemical, electrical, light-based, biomagnetic, spiritual, and subtle magnetic- energy systems that must work together in harmony in order to maintain the health or our minds and bodies. He showed us that the integral relationship between our minds and bodies is influenced by the level of balance within various emotional-energy systems of the body, including our physical brain, our chakra system and our emotional and astral bodies. When this emotional-energy balance becomes disturbed, we can develop physical changes and weaknesses that contribute to disease susceptibility in the different organs and tissues of our bodies.

The author tried to convey message to us that there must be an optimal balance on all the various energetic levels- physical, emotional, mental and spiritual for a person to truly experience that state of being which is called “wellness.” Mainstream medicine attempts to promote wellness primarily by healing illness through the correction of faulty biomechanisms. The more all encompassing viewpoint of vibrational medicine provides us with a framework for understanding the relationship between physical (biomechanistic) life processes and the higher spiritual forces and life-enefgy systems that nourish and animate the physical body.

We cannot ignore the growing body of research in psychosomtic medicine, psychoneuroimmunology, and cardioneuroimmunlogy that has taught us that our consciousness and our emotions play a much greater role in disease causation than once previously thought. However; the physiology of the mind/body connection is much more complicated than just a stress-induced neurochemical imbalance that leads to depression, impaired immunity, or elevated stress-harmone levels that weaken the organs of the body. The vibrational-medical model teaches us that our mind/body/spirit complex, the true integrated human system is positiely or negatively influenced not only by physical health factours but also bye ht health of our thoughts and our emotions and the amount of love we allow to flow through our hearts.

The author also presents that we humans are unique energy-processing systems at many different levels. We are constantly taking in, processing, and putting out various and frequencies of energy. Part of the energy we take in comes from the earth itself, the geomagnetic field, as well as from various cosmic energies that bathe the earth in sunlight, starlight and suble stellar force whose actions we are oly now beginning to comprehend. Through the ch'I that flows through our meridians as well as the solar prana we absorb through our chakras and our breathing, we are in an energetic equilbrium with the enegies of the universe around us.

Within this next millenium, the knowledge of vibrational medicine may allow us to extend modern medicine to a new golden age of healing. Perhaps more important, vibrational medicine may provide us with the tools to reestablish our harmony with the planet we live on. Vibrationally related techiniques such as radionic pest control, paramagnetic building materials, agricultural homeopathy, and dowsing are inexpensive, notoxic methods that, if properly used, have the potential to increase food-crop yields to a level at which it might be possible to end world hunger while simultneously eliminating toxic pesticides from the food chain and from our environment. When we, as a global culture, truly begin to use the knowledge of vibrational medicine to appreciate our place in the greater scheme of things, and to understand and respect the spiritual evolution of all living beings on this fragile planet earth, we will start to heal on many different physical, social, emotional and spiritual levels. But it is up to each of us as individuals to make that first step, that leap in consicouseness to a vibrational and spiritual level of understanding. The power to create long lasting and meningful change is finallly within our grasp. Perhaps we will have the compassion and understanding touse our knowledge of vibrational medicine wisely as we attempt to create a new approach to healing and a new spiritual philosophy for the twenty- first century.

2. What were the seven ideas which were personally most important to you and why? List these seven ideas followed by an explanation after each one as to why it was important to you. Use personal examples from your own life.

The seven main ideas of this book is as follows:

1. Vibrational Medicine
2. Healing with Homopathy Benefits of homotherapies
3. The art healing with flower essence
4. Healing with color and light
5. Magnetobiology and the art of Science of Magnetic healing
6. The varieties of hands on healing
7. Vibrational eedicine and its implications for personal and global Spritual Transformation

Vibrational Medicine

I have learned more about the vibrational medicine like the human body as energy field, the clash of the paradigms: the Newtonian Mechanists versus the quantum mechanics, the vibrational medcine model, the human energy system, The acupuncture-meridian system: The body's biocircuitry, the seven chakras and the spritual connection to human health, the human subtle bodies: The invisible energy tmplates behind the physical form, the higher spiritual bodies and their link to the human soul, the multidimensional human being: A look at the many enery layers.

Modern physics tells us that the only different between these forms of energy (radio waves, television broadcsts, X rays, cosmic rays, ultrasonic waves and microwaves) is that each oscillates at a different frequency or rate of vibration. So vibrational medicine refers to an evolving viewpoint of health and illness that takes into account all the many forms and frequencies of vibrating energy that contribute to the “multidimentsional “ human energy system.

The most basic form is the matter that composes the physical body. According to the new perspective of Einsteinian and quantum physics, the bio chemical molecules that make up the physical body are actually a form of vibrating energy. During the early part of the twentieth century. Albert Einstein came to the starling conclusion that matter and energy were interrelated.

I have learned about the human energy system. The vibrational-medicine view of human beings as multidimension energy system is more easily understood if we examine the many ways our bodies use different forms of energy in nutrition, information processing, and maintaining our general health. The most commonly recognized form of energy our bodies use is that of “metabolic energy” extracted from the foods we eat. We ingest various combinations of sugars, proteins and fats through our daily meals that are broken down, absorbed through our stomach and intestines, and converted into chemical forms of metabolic cellular energy. Whlie some foods give us the raw building blocks for repairing and regenerating the aging cells of our bodies much of the food we eat is used to provide chemical energy that allows us to be active, creative beings.

The nerves of the body are a kind of electrical wiring system that allows our brain to telgraph messages to the organs and muscles of our bodies alsong an electrical system.

More recent studies of the body's electrical functioning have shown that human beings have even more complex electrical control systems than the electrical signals that move information throughout the nervous system. Leading-edge scientists have discovered that living cells seem to have internal elements and membrane structures that give them the capacity to function as tiny integrated circuits much like those found in a computer or other electronic device. These same scientists have proposed that there are certain levels of celular communication that behave very similarly to electronic control systems.

It is very interesting to study about the Chinese Acupuncture which is also being practiced in some places in Nepal. According to the Chinese accupuncturists, meridians carry a type of environmental life energy called ch'i. The special type of life energy is said to come from three primary sources.The first part of Ch'I energy comes from the vital energy reserve we inherit from our parents. This type of “inherited” life energy is referred to as ancestral ch'i. The second source of ch'I is absorbed (and produced) from the foods we eat. The third (and possibly the most important) source of ch'I comes directly from the environment.

According to theories of tradidional Chinese medicine (TCM), illness is mainly the result of an imbalance in the flow of ch'I energy to the organs of the body.

It is so worthy for me to study the seven chakras and the spiritual connection to human health. It is said though Hindu and yogic teachers in India have recognized their existence for centuries, knowledge of the chakras has only recently made its way to the west too. According to ancient wisdom and current research, each of the major chakras is directly linked to a different region of the body, as well as to a particular hormone-producing endocrine gland and system of bodily nerves. The seven main chakras exist in the body, along with many other minor chakra centers.

Healing with Homopathy Benefits of homotherapies

I have heard about Healing with Homopathy and its benefit as it is also one kind of treatment in my country Nepal. I don't know much about it.

However; I have got more apportunity to learn about it from reading the books. Homeopathy is one of the most basic forms of vibrational medicine in use today. It has evolved considerably since its early days of medical usage oer a hundred and thirty years ago. The development and popularization of homeopathy has been credited to Samuel Hahnemann, a German physician who is said to have come upon the healing principle of “like cures like” in the mid 1800s.” This principle refers to giving a sick patient a apecific homeopathic medication that in larger doses could actually produce the patient's symptioms in a normal, healthy person. While this type of healing logic might seem strange to most western-trainied physicians homeopathy is still considered to be a valuable treatement for many illnesses by a large number of European and American health practitioners.

It is so happy to learn that to this day, the physician to Queen Eizabeth II and the royal family of England remains a homepathic practioner.

It is so good for me to learn that Homeopathy as a system of healing has its own peculiar rules and principles, one of which is the principle just elucidated, the concept of lke cures like. In some ways, this principle is analogous to treating a dog bite by vaccinating with the “hair of the dog that bit you.” In a way, the parctice of homeopathy has certain similarities to the medical approach of giving vaccinations against various disease-inducing agents. In a typical vaccination, small amounts of a weakened virus are administered in order to build up the body's immunity to a potent virus. In this manner, a potential illness is warded off. Essential, one is giving tiny amounts of the disease agent to the patient in order to build upan immunity to the disease and to the illness it causes.

In addition to this it is very much useful for me to learn more about the preparation of a (Plant-based) Homeopathic remedy i.e healing plant herbs, methods or approaches of Homeopathic prescribing such as classical homeopathy, complex homeopathy, electroacupuncture based homeopathy (EAV/EDI) and Constitutinal Homeopathy, their remedies, nature of prescribing forces and potencies of homeopathic remedies used.

The art healing with flower essence

It is really a new topic for me to learn. I saw some treatmenat in Thailand and China doing with flower essence. I know more about it while reading this book. In this topic the author has clearly stated about what are flower essences, how do flower essnce work in healing body, mind and spirit?

Flower essences or flower remedies are a unique and subtle form of vibrational medicine that has become increasily popular over the last sixty to seventy years. Although most people familiar with this healing approach think that flower-essence therapy originated during the beginning of the twentieth century, there is evidence suggesting that flower essences are an extremely ancient healing modality. While flower essences may be foreign to most American doctors, they hae been successfully used throughout Europe (Especially in England) by many health-care practitioners. This unique form of vibrational medicine can be quite powerful in rebalancing the many subtle energy systems of the multidimensional human being.

I came to know that the development of flower essences as a healing modality is often credited to an English physician bye the name of Dr. Edward Bach, who lived in the early 1900s. Bach was actually a bacteriologist. His field of sutdy today would be comparable to the th of an infectious-disease specialist.

The use of flower essence in healing represents an approach based upon a spiritual understandingof human illness. Dr. Bach considered illness to be a reflection of some form of divine disharmony between the soul and the conscious personality. He put for the concept that each soul incarnates into a physical body, bringing with it a “diine purpose” that would manifest during an individual's lifetime. According o Bach's understanding, the personality becomes diconnected from its true soul purpose, either from outside influences or from internal forces and emotional disharmony. He felt that all illnesses were learning experiences ment to help people recognize the error of their perceptions.

Bach believed were precursors to illness included impatience, being overcritical, persistent grief, excessive fear, extreme terror, bitterness, lack of selfesteem, overnthusiasm, excessive restraint indecision, doubt, ingnorance, denial or repression, resentment, rstlessness, apathy indifference, weakness of will and guilt (among others). Bach felt that his thirgy eithg flower essences provided vibrational patterns needed to help neutralize or serve as an antidote to the negative subtle-energy aspects associated with each of these different negaie emotional and mental states. He believed that his flower remedies would not only neutralize negative emotional and mental energy patterns but also infuse possitive vibrations associated with specific virute into an individual, such as the virutes of love, peace, stedfastnes, gentleness, strenght, understanding, tolerance, wisdom forgiveness, courage, or joy.

I found the Bach flower remedies very important and useful. Bach has mentioned in the book about a major contribution to flower- essence healig Bach has mentioned the 38 different remedies of flower-essence healing clearly in this book. They are
1.Agrimony 2. Aspen 3. Beech 4. Centary 5. Carato 6. Cherry plum 7. Chesnut bud 8. Chicory 9. Clematis 10. Crab Apple 11. Elm 12. Gentian 13. Gorse 14. Heather 15. Holly 16. Honeysuckle 17. Horunbeam 18. Impatiens 19. Larch 20. Mimulus 21. Mustard 22. Oak 23. Pine 24. Red Chestnut 25. Rock Rose 26. Rock water 27. Selranthus 28. Sart of bethlehem 29. Sweet chestnut 30. Vervain 31. Vine 32. Walnut 33. Water violet 34. White chestnut 35.Wild Oat 36. Wild Rose 37. Willow 38. Rescue remedy

The Bach flower remedies can be taken in a veriety of different ways. The traditional method is usually the best and simplest. In addition to this the author has mentioned the many varieties of flower essences like the bloosoming of an ancient healing art. It is so interesting to read that Bach felt that the answer to all of humanity's ills could be found in nature and that flowers were one of nature's highest healing tools.

It is so interesing to learn that more recently new flower essences have een developed in England, France, India, Africa, Australia, New Zealand, the Unites States, Canada and the tropical rain forests of South America.

In this topic the author clerly defined about the preparaiont of flower essences and their therapeutic use to different parts of our boy. They are: 1. Aggression Orchid Essence 2. Angel of protection Essence 3. Chocolate Orchid essence 4. Coordination Orchid Essence 5. Higher self orchid essence 6. Horn of plenty orchid essence 7. Past life orchid essence 8. Vitora regia orchid essence 9. Apple/Rose Hybrid Essence 10. Spring gold rose essence 11. Arnica flower essence 12. Arum Lily essence 13. Dandelion Essence 14. Wilde Garlic eseence 15. K9 flower essence 16. Alpine mint bush essnce 17. Bush fuchsia essence 18. Crosea Essence 19. Isopogon Essence 20. She Oak Essence 21. Spinifex Essence 22. Strut desert Rose essence 23. Radiation Essence 24. Super Learning Essence 25. Apricot flower essence 26. Cedare Flower essence 27. Feferfew Essence 28. Jasmine essence 29. Pansy Essence 30. Skullcap flower essence 31. Tobacco Flower Essence 32. Lavender Essence 33. Morning Glory Flower Essence 34. Mugwort flower essence 35. Oregon grape essence 36. sticky monkey flower essence 37 Tiger Lily essence 38. Galypso orchid essence 39 Dutchman's breeches flower essence 40. Banana flower essence 41. Bells of Ireland flower essence 42. Celandine flower essence 43. Comfrey flower essence 44. English Hawthfone flower essence 45. Khat flower essence 46. Luffa flowre essence 47. Bloodroot flower essence 48. Bleeding heart flower essence 49. Pomegranate flower essence 50 Pennyroyal flower essence and 51. Yarrrow flower essence

Most of these flower essences are also practiced in my country but which have been less published.

Healing with color and light

It is really a new subject for me to learn. I feel it very important for the relief of different skin disorders and the other deseases.

It has been learned that the healing with color and light is old practices which was applied by the priests of Egypt, Babylonia and China in many of their practices.

Sunlight theraphy was a common medical practice in historic Greek, Chinese and Roman times for the relief of skin disorders such as psoriasis. In the 18090s, Nobel prize winner Dr. Neils Finsen reported that he could heal skin lesions caused by small pox and German measles by using red-and infrared -light treatment.

I have leaned from the book on this topic about how light therapie may work, the different form of color and light therapy, the inner path to color healing: the use of the mind and spirit in healing with color.

The ultraviolet light in sunlight is actually a critical ingredient in the product of vitamin D by our bodies. And without vitamin D, calcium absorption and utilizaiton would not occur as needed in order to maintain healthy bones. Inadequate exposure to sunlight results in weekened bones bacouse of reduced levels of vitamin-D prodcution.

Aside from its role in vitamin-D synthesis, the most obvious function of light is to illuminate our environment so that we can see the world around us.

In 1920, Dinshah Ghadiali, from India, developed a system of color healing he called spectro-chrome, Ghadiali's system was based upon three main color-thrapy principles: 1. the human body reacts to light, 2. different colors of light relate to specific physiological functions in the body and 3. color “tonation” (exposing the body to specific colors of light)aids those bodily functions.

The lolor listed below are used for either refle-point stimulation (via the reflexology crystal torch) or for whole or partial-body exposure using special color filtered electric lamps. In addition to, where applicable, specific auric-field color associations are also mentioned.

Red: stimulates the sensory nervous system. red was considered a liver stimulant that helped to regenerate liver function. It was thought to increase red-blood-cell production and to imporve circulation. Dinshh also believed that the color red was able to stimulate the excretion of toxins from the body through the skin.

Orange: Danshah used orange to stimulate the thyroid gland (in hypothyroidism), as to inhibit the parathyroid gland (such as might be used in cases of overactive parathyroid glands or hyperparathyroidism).

Yellow: This color was said to hel regenerate damaged nerves in both the sensory and motor nervous systems.

Lemmon: Lemon colored light was thought to pormote healing in persistent or chronic medical disorders. Lemon light energy was also said to dissomve blood clots. Lemon light as an expectorant and as a stimulant to the brain and to the immune system. Finally, lemon was thought to be a mild stimulant for sluggish digestive systems.

Green: Dinshah considered green to be an “ equilibrator” of brain funciton and of the physical body in general.

Blue: this color is frequently used for treating burns, for relieving itching and to decrease painful irritation caused by skin abrasions.

Purple: purple was said to induce relaxation and promote sleep. Purple was also through to depress activity in the adrenal glands and in the kidneys.

Like wish the utility of other different colors have been mentioned clearly.

Apart from this various types of crystals and gemstones are said to have special subtle-energy and healing properties and thus may sometimes be used by certain color therapists and healers to bring addiional healing forces to bear upon various ailments. Healers might employ particulare crystals in an attmpt to amplify healing energies that they are projeting into the body. Another aspect of healing with gemstones that is relevant to color healing involves the use of specific colored gemstones that is relevant to color healing involves the use of specific colored gemstones that correspond to the seven main colors othe visible specturm. Gemstone-color therapists believe that each of these gemstone colors in turn corresponds to and responates with one of the seven main chakras. Colors gemstones frequently used by color theraists include.:

Red: Ruby and garnet
Orange: Carnelian and orange jasper
Yellow: amber, citrine, and yellow topaz
Green: emerald and malachite
Blue: sapphire and lapis lazuli
Violet: amethyst and violet fluorite
Magenta: rose quartz

In addition to this Pranic healers, such as Choa Kok Sui, have made extensive clairoyant studies of the chakra systems and the auric fields of hundreds of patients. Sui has carefully observed the healing influence of specific visualized colors of prana upon patients” chakras and auric fields and also clairvoyantly studied the normal “metabolism” of pranna bye the body. The major pronic colors are red, orange, yellow, green, blue and violet.

It is suggested that an individual move up to the higher-frequency food colors, like green, blue, and violet with the later mearls of the day. Cousens classifies foods in the following color schemes:

Red: Tomatoes, red cabbage, radishes, beetrrot, raspberries, red cherries red peppers, red currants, red plums and red apples
Orange: Oranges and orange juice, carrots and carrot juice , mangoes, tangerines, pumpkins, apricots, and cheddar cheeses
Yellow: Bananas, pinaeapples, yellow cheeses, yellow peppers, sweet corn, golden plums, lemons, grapefruits, honeydew, melons, butter and egg yolks.
Greent: Spinach lettuce, cabbage, green apples, green beans, peas, lentils, kiwi fruit, atercress, green peppers and any green leafy vegetables,
Blue: blueberries, blue plums, grapes, and bilberries
Violet: purple grapes and grape juice, plumps, purbple broccoli and eggplant
Magenta: Strawberries and any pale-pink fruits or vegetables.

Besides eating various colored foods for their potential healing and rebalancing effects, color therapist Pauline Willis suggests wearing specific colored clothes in the colors that you think you might need to help in your healing process. Willis recommends wearing specific colors of clothing depending upon both your mood and your health problem. For instance, people with high blood pressure might benefit from wearing blue clothes to help them lower it. For people who experience cold hands and feet, especially duing the winter months, suggested wearing red socks or mittens as well as red flannel underear (similar to the kind our grandparents used to wear). According to Willis when selecting colored clothing to wear for its therapeutic effects, cotton or silk (colored with natureal and not synthetic dyes) is the best choice. In fac, for dealing with hypertension, Willis even advocates lying nder a body-length piece of naturally dyed blue silk the first thing in the morning and the last thing at night. If cotton is used, it needs to be 100 percent, not a cotton -synthetic blend.

Magnetobiology and the art of Science of Magnetic healing

Once I have heard about magnetic healing in my country. A man was mentioning me about the treatement. He has shown me diffent types of magnets. I am not so familiar with it and I just listen to him for some time. Once I read this book I came to understand about the uses of magnetic healing. It seems the use of magnets for healing is nothing new. For centuries, healers have attempted to use permanent magnets in healing a variety of health problems that could not be helped by the medical therapies of the day.

I came to learn that according legent the properties of magnets were accidentlly discovered by a Greek shepper names Magnes who , while tending his sheep, found that the iron mails in his sandals were myseeriously attracted a large rock because of some unknown and invisible force. So strong was the attraction between the rock and his iron-laden sandals that Magnes had use all his strength to pull his foot away from the rock's strange grip. This rock becam know as the Magnes stone, which stll his name and which today we refere to as the lodstone.

A variety of ancient cultures- including the Chinese, Eastern Indians Arabic peoples, Hebrews, and the early-dynasty Egyptians- all used magnets for their healing properties. Legent has it that Cleopatra, seeking to retard the aging process, slept with ta lodstone on her forehead. During the first century A.D., a number of ancient Chinese geomancers began to document the subtle effects of the earths magnetic field on human health and illness after using ery sensitie compasses to monitor geomagnetic conditions.

Magnets were used for healing a number of different medical problems by various physicians and healers right until the sixteen century when the great physician Paracelsus not only advocated magnets for healing specific disorders but also detailed the different hearling effects of the north and south magnetic.

It is interesting to note that Paracelus commented that the “magnet is the king of all secrets.” It is so interesting to learn about the relief of different parts of body pains from the magnetic healing.

The famous French chemist Louis Pasteur wrote about discoveries he had made concerning the effects of magnets on the process of fermenttaon. Pasteur was the same chemist who developed a treatment for rabies as well as process of sterilizing milk (which still bears his name in the wror “pasteurization”). He noted that placing a magnet nar a fermentation vat contining fruit (as is used in the production of alcoholic beverages) seemed to speed up the fermentation process.

Nearly a century later in 1954, Linus Pauling received the Nobel prize in chemistry for his discoveries of the magnetic properties of iron rich hemoblobin in the bloodstream. Again by the mid twentieth century, interest in magnetic healing was growing rapidly in countries like India, Russia, and Japan. India especially has had a number of physicians and researchers actively working in the field of magnetotherapy for at least the last thirty to forty years.

The Japanese research, led by Dr. Kyoichi Nakagawa, suggested that certain formes of illness that had begun to appear in Japanese city dwellers in the late 1950s (characterized bye symptoms ranging from weakness, malaise, chronic fatigue, and insomnia) were triggered in part by what was called “magnetic field deficiency syndrome” (or MFDS). He and his team discovered that the iron and stell girders commonly used to build the substructures of large modern buildings tended to keep the flow of the earth's backgraound magnetic field from penetrating the interior of certain buildings.

In the research conducted in three Dallas hospitals in the USA between 1946 and 1951 , found an increased frequency of heart attacks during periods of sudden weather changes. ( which might have been indirectly related to heightened geomagnetic and solar magnetic activity during those tsme time periods). Epidomiologic studies carried out in Russia and Eastern Europe as far back as the late 1950s and early 1960 have confirmed the French findings of strong correlations between high solar magnetic and geomagnetic activity and an increased incidence of certain heart and blood disorders.

How the magnetic healing is used for different pains have been mentioned in this chaper. I like to highlight the guidelines of personal experimentation with Magnet Therapy that have clearly stated in this book as below:

1.Try to avoid using strong magnets upon the head
2.Do not treat cancer, infections or infammatory problems with the south pole of the
magnet, as stimulating effect of this type of energy could actually worsen the problem.
3.Aoaid placing magnets anywhere near a woman's abdomen during pregnancy.
4. Do not bring strong magnets anywhere near the chest region of indiiduals who have
pacemakers, as magnetic signals are frequently used for reporgramming pacemakers.
5. Don not use strong magnets around the head, neck, glands or organs or the body for
long periods on a daily basis
6. Don't use magnetic bed for more than eight to ten hours at a time.
7. Wait sixty to ninety minutes after meals before applying magnets to the abdomen
(some magnetic fields may inerfere with peristaltic movement of food through the
intestinal tract)
8.Don't treat condition with magnets if either south or north polarity seems to worsen the
condition.

Howeve; it is generally unwise to use magnets to suppress recureent pain without undergoing some type of medical evolution first.

The varieties of hands on healing

The varieties of hands on healing are common in my country in the ancient time. The healer practices with pure mind to treat the patient. It worked well.

Hand healing known as varieties of name such as bioenergy healing, psychic healing, paranormal healing, spiritual healing, Therapeutic Touch, Reiki, Johrei, Mari-el, Shen Therapy, pranic healing and a bevy of other terms laying on of hnds healing is perhaps the oldest form of vibrational therapy used today.

So I believed in it. The authoer has also mentioned that Jesus was said to have performed many healing using laying on of hands, but it was also practiced by many spiritual leaders, healers and teachers throgh ages.

It is interesting to learn that according to some estimates, there are some 50,000 healing practitioners in the United States providing about 120 million treatment sessions annually. Of the 50000 healing practitioners, perhaps 30,000 have been trained in Therapeutic touch. In additinon there are several thousand conventional health-care practitioners (such as doctors, nurses, psychotherapists, chiropractors, and massage therapists) who at least occasionally use bioenegetic therapy as an adjuct to their regulare treatments. Also a small number of hospitls are currently usin Therapeutic Touch , healing touch and SHEN therapy in programs for alcohol abuse, drug abue and codependency recovery. At least four different forms of bioenergy healing have been tought in conventional medical training programs, including Therapeutic touch, healing science,, and other healing approaches developed by the American Holistic Nurses Assotiant.

One of these older healing techniques is known as Reiki, a Japanese word that means “universal life energy.” In Reiki theraphy, a trained Reiki healer acts as a channel for “Universal life energy” that is taken into the healer's body from the surrounding environment and then directed to a patient in need of healing. The rouniding environment and then directed to a pateint in need of healing. The discovery of Reiki as a healing technique has been attributed to Dr. Mikao Usui duing the early 1900s. He developed Reiki after a legthy search for the ancient methods by which Jesus and the Buddha did healing. Apparently, the healing knowledge of what today is called Reiki was known in India and Nepal at the time of the Buddha (Gautama Siddharthe) and also in the mystical teachings of ancient Tibetan Buddism.

In addition to this it is so interesting to know about Chii gong as menitioned in this book. It is the part of a discipline that recognizes the importance of a normal and balanced flow of ch'i energy through the acupuncture meridians of the body. Ch'i gong exercises are practiced by millions of Chinese daily. The exercises are part of a system that uses various inernal and expternal exercises to build up the body 's natural ch'I energy, which in turn allows people to achieve optimal health bye healing illness from within.

The important point to be made is that we are all potential healers. It's just that we were never told healing was one of our natural abilities. Perhaps in the future training in the laying on of hands and even spiritual healing will be an integral pat of the life-education process for all of us as we move closer to realizing the full potential of twenty-first century vibrational medicine. Jst imagine that wonders we will accmplish.

Vibrational medicine and its implications for personal and global Spritual Transformation

As we read this book we came to understand that human beings are really more than biomachines. We have explored the uniquely dynamic chemical, electrical, light-based, biomagnetic spiritual, and subtle magnetic-energy systems that must work together in harmony in order to maintain the health of our minds and bodies. We can notice that the internal relaionship between our minds and bodies influenced bye the level of balance within various emotional energy systems of the body, including our pysical brain our chakra system and our emotional and astral bodies. When the emotional -energy balance becomes disturbed, we can develop physical changes and weaknesses that contribute to disease suspctibility in the different organs and tissues of our bodies. As we have learned, our emotions are related to a form of suble magnetic energy that strongly affects the health of our physical bodies in a variety of ways. There must be an obtimal balance on all the various energetic that state of being we call “wellnesss”.

The vibrational- medical model teaches us that our mind/body/spirit complex, the true integrated human system is positively or negatively influence not only by physical health factors but also by the health of our thoughts and our emotions and the amount of love we allow to flow through our hearts.

We humans are unique energy-processing systems at many different levels. We are constantly taking in, processing, and putting out various forms and frequencies of energy. Prat of the energy we take in comes from the earth itself, the geomagnetic field, as well as from various cosmic energies that bathe the earth in sunlight, starlight, and subtle steller forces whose actions we are only now beginning to comprehend. Through the ch'i that flows through our meridians as well as the solar prana we bsorb through our chakras and our breathing, we are in an energetic equilibrium with the energies of the universe around us.

Within this next millenium, the knowledge of vibrational medicine may allow us to extend modern medicine to a new golden age of healing.

Perhaps more important vibrational medicine may provide us with the tools to reestablish our harmony with the planet we live on. Vibraionally relatd techiques such as radionic pest control, paramagnetic building materials, agricultural homeopathy, and dowsing are inexpensive, nontoxic methods that, if proerly used have the potential to increase food-crop yeileds to a level at which it might be possible to end world hunger while simultaneously eliminating toxic pesticieds fro the food chain and from our environment.

Perhaps we will have the compassion and understanding to use our knowledge of vibrational medicine wisely as we attempt to create a new approach to healing and a new spiritual philosophy for the twenty-first century.

3. How will these ideas or lessons help you in a practical way, both in your daily personal life and in helping you to create a better world? If so, how?

I found this book practical of mentioning the traditional practices of healing methodologies and the other theraphys. Mainly as I have mentioned above some highlights of different healing approaches, they are really meaningful to my practical ways.

I do believe in the natural treatment. In my practical experiences when I was young about 15-16 years old. I often treatrf my best services to my mother when she became sick with my pure mind. I don't know which force is behind me that it really worked.

In due course as I read this book I feel that the different healing practices can be applied in our lives. In our country people are searching for natural treatment which we had in our communities in the ancient time. They are somehow disappearing.

The practices of healling treatment was with full of loving kindenss and compassion.

In our country we have yoga practices, Reiki, magnetic healing, homopathy healings, and vibrational medicine with spiritual transformation. I do believe that this book can be a guide book to apply other means of healing in my country which could have more possitive impact there. I am thinking to convey this message to the concern.

4. Quotes: Are there brief quotes from the book which really got your attention? If so, please list and comment on them.

“Other simple imaginery exercises also involve visualizing taking specific colors into your body to deal with specific problems. For example, when dealing with insomnia, you can visualize breathing the color blue in to yoru entire body imagining the blue light pentrating every cell and organ of your body. Imagine that your body becomes a container filled with blue until you drift off to sleep. If frist attempts at falling asleep fail, try again, as repeated practice may often result in success”

I am so happy to read the natural treatment proccess of color which could minimize diseases.

“ The important point to be made here is that we are all potential healers.”

I believe in it. If with our pure mind with full of compassion we could practice healing to one who needs it.

I am so impressed with the beautifully expression of nature elements and healing practices mentinoned in this book which could lead to the betterment of human beings health status.

5. Is there anything in the book that you do not understand or are unclear about, or are there ideas which you disagree with and, if so, why?

No

6. Did the book contain exercises for the reader to complete? If so, did you complete all of the exercises and did you find them helpful?

There is no such exercises to complete.

7. Was there anything you read in the book that you would like to comment on that was not covered in the previous questions? If so, please comment.

Not at all.

Please rate the following questions on a scale from 1 to 10.? Ten is good and one is poor.

A. How interesting was it to read? 9
B. How helpful were the contents? 9
C. How easy was it to understand? 8
D. Could you recommend it to others? 9
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9

The Nature of Personal Reality
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. What is the main idea that the author is trying to convey in the book?

The Author shows us how we create our personal reality through our conscious beliefs about ourselves, others, and the world. He has given clear message that we are not at the mercy of the subconscious or helpless before forces we cannot understand. “We are Gods couched in creature hood.” He said that we were given the ability to form our experience as our thoughts and feelings become actualized. He stressed the individual's capacity for conscious action and provides excellent exercises that show us how to apply his empowering insights to any life situation.

The author has showed the picture of the world where he has mentioned that body of the earth can be said to have its own soul or mind (whichever term you prefer). Using this analogy the mountains and oceans, the valleys and rivers and all natural phenomena spring from the earth's soul, as all events and all manufactured objects appear from the inner mind or soul of mankind.

The inner world of each man and woman is connected with the inner world of the earth. The spirit becomes flesh. Part of each individual's soul, then is intimately connected with what we will call the world's soul, or the soul of the earth.

The author has mentioned that an examination of your conscious thoughts will tell much about the state of your inner mind, your intentions and expectations, and will often lead you to a direct confrontation with challenges and problems Your thoughts, studied, will let you see where you are going. They pointed out cleary to the nature of physical events. What exists physically exists first in thought the feeling. There is no other rule.

Basically we create our experience through our beliefs about ourselves and the nature of reality. Another way to understand this is to realize that we create our experiences through our expectations. Our feeling-tones are our emotional attitudes towards ourselves and live in general and these generally govern the large areas of experience.

The author mentioned clearly about our imagination, beliefs and about the origin of our beliefs. He pointed out that our reality colors our beliefs and our experience is a direct result of our conscious attitude. By such attitude as these just mentioned we put clamps upon our inner self purposely hamper our experience and reinforce belief in the negative aspects of our being. The author suggested that we look to those areas of our lives in which we are pleased and have done well. See how emotionally and imaginatively we personally reinforced those beliefs and brought then to physical fruition- realize how naturally and automatically the results appeared. He suggested us to catch hold of those feelings of accomplishment and understand that we can use the same methods in other areas.

In addition to this the author mentioned clearly about the constant creation of the physical body, the body of our beliefs, and the power structure of beliefs, the living flesh, Natural Grace, the frame work of creativity, and the health of our body and mind the birth of conscience, the nature of spontaneous illumination and the nature of enforced illumination. The soul in chemical cloths, the conscious mind as the carrier of beliefs. Our beliefs in relation to health and satisfaction, grace, conscience, an our daily experience, natural Hypnosis, Healing and their transference of physical symptoms into other lees of activity, Inner storms and outer storms, creative “ Destruction” the length of the day and the natural reach of a biologically base consciousness and affirmation, the practical betterment of our life and the new structuring of beliefs.

The conscious mind holds in ready access the information that we require for effective day to day living. It is not necessary that we hold in study consciousness data that does not directly apply to what we consider our physical reality at any given “time”.

It is interesting to note about the author saying that if we have a loving regard for ourselves, then we will trust in our own direction. We will accept our present position, whatever it is, as being a part of that direction, and realize that from it can come all the creative elements that we need. Being ourselves and trusting in our own integrity, you will automatically help others.

It does little good to repeat a suggestion such as, “I am a worthy person. I trust myself and my integrity,” if at the same time we are afraid of our own emotions and become upset whenever we catch ourselves in what we think of as a negative frame of mind.

Use our conscious mind and its logic. If we discover that we feel unworthy, and then do not simply try to apply a more positive belief over that one.

If we allow ourselves to be more and more aware of our own beliefs, we can work with them. It is silly to try to fight what we think of as negative beliefs, or to be frightened of them. They are not mysterious. We may find that many served good purposes at one time, and that they have simply been overemphasized. They may need to be restructed rather than denied.

Some belief may work very positively for us for certain periods of our lives. Because we have not examined them. However; we may carry them long after they served their purpose, and now they may work against us.

This book gives us the spiritual energy which helps us gain all our best efforts. I believe that though inner force conscious mind guides us to do good but unfortunately the unconscious mind leads us to some bad efforts. It is really true that we have to be alert to make concentrate on performing the good activities.


2. What were the seven ideas which were personally most important to you and why? List these seven ideas followed by an explanation after each one as to why it was important to you. Use personal examples from your own life.

The seven most important ideas in this book are.

1. Reality and personal beliefs
2. Suggestion, Telepathy, and the Grouping Beliefs
3. Health, Good and Bad Thoughts and the Birth of “Demons”
4. Good and Evil, personal and mass beliefs and their effect upon your private and social experience
5. The concentration of energy, beliefs and the present point of power
6. The dream landscape, the physical world, probabilities and your daily experience
7. Affirmation, Love, Acceptance and Denial

1. Reality and personal beliefs
I believe with the author mentioning in this chapter that we do form the fabric of our experience through our own beliefs and expectations. These personal ideas about ourselves and the nature of reality will affect our thoughts and emotions. We take our beliefs about reality as truth, and often do not question them. They seem self explanatory. They appear in our mind as statements of fact, far too obvious for examination. They are accepted without question too often. They are not recognized as beliefs about reality, but are instead considered characteristics of reality itself. Frequently such ideas appear indisputable, so a part of you that it does not occur to you to peculate about their validity. They become invisible assumptions, but they nevertheless color and form your personal experience.

Many individuals are completely blind to their own beliefs about themselves, and the nature of reality. Our own conscious thoughts will give you excellent clues. Often we will find ourselves refusing to accept certain thoughts that come to our mind because they conflict with other usually accepted ideas.

It is very important for me to learn that the conscious mind is meant to make clear judgments about our position in physical reality. Often false beliefs will prevent it from making these, for the egotistically held ideas will cloud its clear vision.

2. Suggestion, Telepathy, and the Grouping Beliefs
It is interesting to note from this chapter that beliefs are strong ideas about the nature of reality. Ideas generate emotion. Like attracts like, so similar ideas group about each other and we accept those that fit in with our particular “System” of ideas.

I feel so excited to learn the author's experiences of barking sounds that came from the sky. He saw some spectacles strangely moving and so did Jane. It had happened to people like we used to hear some unusual sounds and some feelings when go to the places.

I had also heard an unusual sound in the far western part of my country when I was working in the area for my office. In another time when I was going to meet my spiritual teacher in a monastery with my friend, I felt so strongly that someones were sorroundings us. I ask my friends about that feeling he was also experiencing the same. It happened to us till some movement once we cross the road then felt everything normal.

Our idea of perilous nature of existence becomes so strong that the ego allows this data to emerge, even though it is “out of mind”. Because our fearful beliefs convince it that we must be on guard. The incidents do not even have to involve us. From all the unconscious telepathic and clairvoyant data available, however we will be aware of this particular grouping and it will only serve to reinforce our idea that existence is about all perilous.

If this information becomes available in the dream state we may then say that we are frightened of dreams. Our bad dreams so often come true. “So we try to inhibit memory of our dreams. Instead we should examine our conscious beliefs for they are so strong that they are causing us not only to focus upon calamity in the physical world, but to use our inner abilities to the same end.

Telepathic communication is constant. This is usually at an unconscious level merely because our conscious mind is in a state of becoming. It cannot hold all of the information we posses. As an example, if our conscious ideas are relatively positive we will react to telepathically received information of a similar nature, even if we do so on an unconscious level.

I fully agree with the author that in greater terms positive and negative have little meaning, for the physical experience is meant as a learning one. But if we are unhappy then the word negative has a meaning. There will be no mystery. We know that our own beliefs are. We will see the groupings but it is up to us to look inside our own minds and to use the images in our own ways. Throw out ideas that do not suit us. If we read this find such an idea in ourselves and then say “We cannot throw this idea away,” then we must realize that our inner remark is in itself a belief. We can indeed throw the idea away the second one as easily as the first.

It is vital therefore that we understand the interrelationship between ideas and imagination. In order to dislodge unsuitable beliefs and establish new ones, we must learn to use our imaginations to move concepts in and out of our mind. The proper use of imagination can then propel ideas in the direction we desire.

3. Health, Good and Bad Thoughts and the Birth of “Demons”
I fully agree that if we think some sad events of our lives. Similar feelings will soon follow an with them memories of other such unpleasant episodes strung together through association. Scenes, odors, words, perhaps half-forgotten will suddenly come upon us with new freshness. Our thoughts will activate the appropriate feelings beneath our awareness however, they will also trigger the cells' ever-present memory imprints of stimuli received when those events occurred.

Similarly If we imagine successive thoughts and feelings that we posses such wonderful events occur. When we feel weak we are weak. When we feel joyful our body benefits and becomes stronger. Augustus's case simply shows in exaggerated form the effects of our beliefs upon our physical image. If we think “ Aha then from now on we will only think good thoughts- and therefore be healthy, and inhibit our bad thoughts or do anything at all with them but think them. “ then in our own way we are doing what Augustus did.

He began by believing that some of his thoughts were so evil that they must somehow be made nonexistent. So inhibiting what we consider as negative thoughts or assuming they are so terrible is to answer.

The spirit is always in a state of becoming, ever-changing supple and in our terms without end as it was an is without a point of beginning. The writher said if he was sure of one thing about physical reality, it was not anywhere near perfect in these terms. But in the same meaning of the word neither is the spirit, which to fulfill the requirement of perfection would have to be set in some state of completion beyond which no fulfillment or creativity was possible.

It is interesting to point out the author mentioning in this book that man believes in devils because he believes in gods. The fact is that man began to believe in demons when he started to feel a sense of guilt. The guilt itself arose with the birth of compassion. Animals have a sense of justice that we do not understand, and built in to that innocent sense of integrity there is a biological compassion, understood at the deepest cellular levels.

Natural guilt is also highly connected with memory and arose hand in hand with mankind's excursion into the experience of past, present and future. Natural guilt was meant as a preventive measure. Natural guilt, followed, is a wise guide that brings along with it not only biological integrity but triggers within consciousness aspects of activity that must otherwise remain closed.

4. Good and Evil, personal and mass beliefs and their effect upon your private and social experience
The author has mentioned in this chapter about the “Good and Evil, personal and mass beliefs and their effect upon our private and social experience. He pointed out some of our intimate behavior and social connotations.

Three different stages of Grace and out of Grace have been mentioned in this chapter.

A Stage of Grace Out of Grace
Health Disease
Wealth Poverty
White Black
Christian Not Christian

A Stage of Grace Out of Grace
Indian or Oriental American
Proud Poverty Embarrassing Riches
Brown skin white skin
Great Mystic understanding Callousness
Cosmic Understanding Spiritual Poverty and Disintegration

A Stage of Grace Out of Grace
Youth Age
Intuitive understanding Rigidity, mental and spiritual ignorance
Knowledge Ignorance
Beauty Ugliness
Intellectual capacity Disintegration of mental capacity
Physical vigor Loss of vigor
An unfolding future The closing of all doors to activity

There are no teachers to guide subjective experiences. Old age is a highly creative part of living. The connections between it and childhood are often made in a derogatory fashion, but the personality is in just as creative a state. I am speaking generally now, of course, for our living conditions so distort the natural situation.

Our beliefs about age, like every thing else, will form our experience, and our mass beliefs will affect our civilization. With the current concepts held by our society, men and women fear old age from the time of youth. If young adulthood is considered the epitome of life, blessedness and success then old age is viewed as the opposite - a time of failure and decay.

It is true that body and mind operate beautifully together. From childhood, the mind is trained to use its argumentative, separating qualities above all others. Creativity is allowed to flow only through certain highly limited, accepted channels.

In humans, the idea of nutrition is also involved. With our habits the body is literally starved for long run periods at night, and then often overfed during the day. Important therapeutic information that is given in dreams and meant to be recalled, is not remembered because our sleep habits plunge us into what we think of as unconsciousness far too long. The body itself can be physically refreshed and rested in much less than eight hours, and after five hours the muscles themselves yearn for activity. This need is also a signal to awaken so that unconscious material and dream information can be consciously assimilated.

5. the concentration of energy, beliefs and the present point of power
This is true that the concentration of energy follows our beliefs. Many beliefs, not negative in themselves but overemphasized, lead to what certainly appear to be negative results.

Numbers of us are looking for a state of “peace” in which there is a static sort of bliss, with all questions forever answered and all problems solved. Some of us think that this will somehow be miraculously accomplished for us. If we recognized the power of our own being, we would know that it ever seeks greater realms or creativity and experience, in which new challenges are inherent for all problems, are challenges.

I feel so interesting to know about the author mentioning about reincarnation and Karma in this chapter. The author mentioned that those who believe in reincarnation will ask “what about past-life beliefs? And even if forget the idea of guilt am I bound to follow the rules of karma?

Since all is simultaneous, our present beliefs can alter our past ones, whether from this life or a “previous” one. Existences are open ended. Now with our ideas of progressive time and the resulting beliefs in cause and effect, however it is sometimes difficult for us to understand. Yet within the abilities of our creature hood our current beliefs can change our experience; we can restructure the pas in this present life.

I do believe that our actions are our karma. If we do good the result will come good.

6. The dream landscape, the physical world, probabilities and your daily experience
It is true that we are physical creatures even our dreams must be translated though the reality of our flesh. We help form a physical reality in which, however each experience is unique, period. In the same way each of us forms an overall dream world in which there is some general agreement, comma, but in which each experience is original. The dream world has its reaches as the physical one does. In waking reality beliefs take time before their materialization is apparent.

I agree with the author mentioning that when we become familiar with depths of experience and knowledge unknown to us before. We acquire a true flexibility and expanded awareness of our own being and open channels of communication between our waking and dreaming realities.

Such a procedure can bring us in contact with wisdom we have been denying ourselves, help unify our entire life situation and release our energy for practical everyday purposes. Even the decision to try such venture is beneficial, since it automatically presupposes a flexibility of attitude on the part of the conscious self. If we are afraid of our dreams, we are afraid of ourselves. As our present situation with all of its challenges, joys and problems is contained in condensed form within each of our days, so the same applies to our lives. Each night's dreams then provide us with a rich bed of creativity. Spread out before us in great profusion, we will find not only any problems but their solutions.

It is true that if we want to clear up an argument, tell ourselves that we will do so in the dream state. There we can speak freely to those who may avoid us otherwise. Much reconciliation takes place at that level. Request the answer to any problem and it will be given, but we must trust ourselves and learn to interpret our own dreams. There is no other way to do this except bye beginning ourselves and working with our own dreams, for this will awaken our intuitive abilities and give us the knowledge that we need. Our beliefs in the value of dreams can therefore increase their practical effectiveness.

7. Affirmation, Love, Acceptance and Denial
I learned with from this chapter about the true aspects of the contents. I fully agree that Affirmation means saying “yes” to ourselves and to the life we lead and to accepting our own unique personhood. It means that we declare the life that is ours and flows through us. Our affirmation of ourselves is one of our greatest strengths. We can at times quite properly deny certain portions of experiences while still confirming our own vitality. Affirmation does not mean a bland wishy-washy acceptance of anything that comes our way, regardless of our feelings about it. Biologically affirmation meant health.

This chapter has mentioned about the bad results of hatred through which how world wars had talked place which took many lives of innocent people.

I feel happy to read about Love and acceptance which are positive emotions. Love is a great inciter to action, and utilizes dynamos of energy.

It is true that both Love and hate are based upon self-identification in our experience. We do not bother to love or hate persons you cannot identify with at all. They leave us relatively untouched. They do not elicit deep emotions.

I fully agree that hatred always involves a painful sense of separation from love which may be idealized. A person we feel strongly against at any given time upsets us because he or she does not live up to our expectations. The higher our expectations the greater any divergence from them seems. In a strange manner, hatred sometimes is the means of returning to love and left alone and expressed it is meant to communicate a separation that exists in relation to what is expected.

It is interesting to read that Love can contain hate very nicely. Hatred can contain love and be driven by it. Particularly by an idealized love. Hatred is not the denial of love, then, but an attempt to regain it, and a painful recognition of circumstance that separate us from it.

If we understand the nature of love we would be able to accept feelings of hatred. Affirmation can include the expression of such strong emotions. Love does not demand sacrifice.

The early affirmation of us projected into the future make such an incident possible. In the same way our acceptance of ourselves and our own integrity can at any moment in our present alter our past and future.

This chapter has illustrated many examples of Affirmation, hatred and love.

3. How will these ideas or lessons help you in a practical way, both in your daily personal life and in helping you to create a better world? If so, how?

I found this book practical and more spiritual. It has guided us with all the spiritual practices. How unconscious mind diverted us to do some negative actions and how we could be alert through the positive emotions through conscious mind. Each chapter gives us energy to build up our capacity. I feel so happy than I could learn more of the practical aspects of the authors. How things are happened what are the author's experiences and how these topics are written were mentioned clearly in each and every chapter. Even the detail of discussions and idea sharing among the authors were motioned here clearly with time and date. It shows that how serious and practical it is.

All chapters mentioned in this book are practical to me. When reading some of the issues I used recall my own experiences. I feel so wonderful when read about telepathy, conscious mind; believe systems, body and phenomena, good and evil, concentration of energy and beliefs, affirmation and love.

Sometimes it happens to me and my friends that we got same thinking at the same times. We used to say what telepathy.

I fully believe that when our minds are disturbed we can't behave well. When we are angry we used to feel we are burning ourselves and at the time we made others disturbed too.

I hope this book will help all readers to gain with practical knowledge of spiritual qualities.

4. Quotes: Are there brief quotes from the book which really got your attention? If so, please list and comment on them.

“You are a multidimensional personality. Trust the miracle of your own being. Make no divisions between the physical and the spiritual in your lifetimes, for the spiritual speaks with a physical voice and the corporeal body is the creation of the spirit.”

I fully agree with the quotation. Yes if we do believe our miracles of positive attitude and spiritual efforts it will of course lead us to success. I got several experiences in my life that how I was successful when I did perform some of activities in our society for providing health, education and other social services.
I feel happy to know that in one of August session the authors had discussed with Richard Bach, the author of the very successful book, “Jonathan Livingston Seagull”.

I thought following quotations of the well known personalities are so worthy to share to all. This will show that how this book is important.

“Seth was one of my first metaphysical teachers. He remains a constant source of knowledge and inspiration in my life.” - Marianne Williamson, author of A Return to Love

“Quite simply one of the best books I've ever read!” - Richard Bach, author of Jonathan Livingston Seagull

“As you read Seth's words, you will gain more than just new ideas. Seth's energy comes through every page, energy that expands your consciousness and changes your thoughts about the nature of reality.” - Sanaya Roman, author of Living with Joy

5. Is there anything in the book that you do not understand or are unclear about, or are there ideas which you disagree with and, if so, why?

No

6. Did the book contain exercises for the reader to complete? If so, did you complete all of the exercises and did you find them helpful?

There are no such exercises to complete.

7. Was there anything you read in the book that you would like to comment on that was not covered in the previous questions? If so, please comment.

Not at all.

Please rate the following questions on a scale from 1 to 10.?Ten is good and one is poor.

A. How interesting was it to read? 8
B. How helpful were the contents? 9
C. How easy was it to understand? 8
D. Could you recommend it to others? 9
E. What is the overall rating you would give it? 9
 

Radical Acceptance Embracing your life with the heart of a Buddha
Assessment by Kishor Bajracharya (Nepal)

1. What is the main idea that the author is trying to convey in the book

The Author gives us the opportunity to learn and realize inner completeness, wholeness and healing. The author clearly mentions Buddhist Meditation practices in this book.

The author says at the beginning “Believing that something is wrong with us is a deep and tenacious suffering.”

This suffering emerges in crippling self-judgments and conflicts in our relationships, in addictions and perfectionism, in loneliness and overwork - all the forces that keep our lives constricted and unfulfilled. Radical acceptance offers a path to freedom, including the day-to-day practical guidance developed over Dr. Brach's twenty years of work with therapy clients and Buddhist students.

Writing with great warmth and clarity, Tara Brach brings her teachings alive through personal stories and case histories, fresh interpretations of Buddhist tales and guided meditations. Step by step, she shows how we can stop being at war with ourselves and begin to live fully every precious moment of our lives.

I fully agree with the view of Sharon Slzber with this book as she mentions that the author shows us a clear, practical and caring guide that shows us how to move from shame and self-hatred to a revolution in consciousness: loving ourselves for what we are and for the innate capacities of the human hearts.

The author has mentioned Awakening from the trance: The path of radical acceptance.
According to the author clearly recognizing what is happening inside us and regarding what we see with an open, kind and loving heart, is called radical acceptance. If we are holding back from any part of our experience, if our heart shuts out any part of who we are and what we feel, we are fueling the fears and feelings of separation that sustain the trance of unworthiness. Radical acceptance directly dismantles the very foundation of this trance.

Our trance depends as we move through the day driven by “We have to do more to be okay” or I am incomplete; we need more to be happy.” These “mantras” reinforce the trance-belief that our life should be different from what it is.

When things are going well, we question whether we deserve it, or fear that now something bad is bound to happen. We stand in a beautiful landscape and worry because we have run out of film or start thinking that we really should move to the country when we are meditating, we experience a delicious stretch of tranquility and peace, and then immediately being wondering how to keep it going. Our enjoyment is trained by anxiety about keeping what we have and our compulsion to reach out and get more.

In addition to this the author clearly mentions about Vipassana Meditation, developing embodied presence radical acceptance of pain, awakening the heart of compassion, unconditional friendliness as the spirit of radical acceptance, recognizing our basic goodness, the gateway to forgiving and loving heart, awakening together, practical radical acceptance in relationship and realizing our true nature.

I found them very important and helpful for me and hope that they will be helpful for all for our day to day activities whether in home or in offices or any works we are involved in.

2. What were the seven ideas which were personally most important to you and why? List these seven ideas followed by an explanation after each one as to why it was important to you. Use personal examples from your own life.

I have highlighted the following seven ideas as the most important for me because they really inspired me to be alert and attentive.

The seven most important ideas in this book are.

1. The Trance of Unworthiness
2. The Sered Pause: Resting Under the Bodhi Tree
3. Coming Home to Our Body: The Ground of Radical Acceptance
4. Radical Acceptance of Desire: Awakening to the source of Desire: Awakening to the source of Longing
5. Awakening Compassion for ourselves: Becoming the Holder and the Held
6. Widening the Circles of Compassion: The Bodhisattva's Path
7. Realizing our True Nature

The Trance of Unworthiness
In our dreams we often seem to be the protagonist in a pe-scripted drama, faced to react to our circumstances in a given way. We seem unaware that choices and options exist. When we are in the trance and caught up in our stories and fears about how we might fail, we are in much the same state. We are living in a shaking dream that completely defines and delimits out experience of life. The rest of the world is merely a backdrop as we struggle to get somewhere, to be a better person, to accomplish, to avoid making mistakes. As in a dream, we take our stories to be the truth-a compelling reality-and they consume most of our attention.

The trance of unworthiness intensifies when our lives feel painful and out of control. We may assume that our physical sickness or emotional depression is our own fault - the result of our bad genes or our lack of discipline and willpower. We may feel that the loss of a job or painful divorce is a reflection of our personal flaws. If we had only done better, if we were somehow different things would have gone right. While we might place the blame on someone else, we still tacitly blame ourselves for getting into the situation in the first place.

I really feel so happy to read most of students feeling their unworthiness while joining the author's meditation classes. It is really true that we see others' mistakes easily but not become trance or unaware with our own unworthiness.

I really feel so happy to learn from this topic about the author's joyful experience when she joined to a spiritual community so called “Ashram”. She mentioned it as a path to purify herself and transcend the imp